Update Win32 canned config header files

There should be no real changes here: just run the regen_config_h target
in the Makefile, and then restore various Win32-specific things (mostly
the support of GCC in a VC++ build and vice versa) which get lost.

6 files changed, 8042 insertions, 7874 deletions

diff --git a/win32/config_H.bc b/win32/config_H.bc
index cbb8ae48e9..a47c3a223f 100644
--- a/win32/config_H.bc
+++ b/win32/config_H.bc
@@ -1,20 +1,16 @@
-/*
- * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
+/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
  * gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by
  * running Configure.
  *
  * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises.  Note, however,
  * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made.
  * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH.
- *
- * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $
  */
 
-/*
- * Package name      : perl5
+/* Package name      : perl5
  * Source directory  : 
- * Configuration time: Mon Jan 11 00:09:46 2010
- * Configured by     : Steve
+ * Configuration time: Wed Aug 31 22:05:09 2011
+ * Configured by     : shay
  * Target system     : 
  */
 
@@ -72,7 +68,7 @@
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available
  *	to encrypt passwords and the like.
  */
-/*#define HAS_CRYPT		/ **/
+#define HAS_CRYPT		/**/
 
 /* HAS_CTERMID:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is
@@ -910,7 +906,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_QUAD:
  *	This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type,
- *	Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
+ *	Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
  *	of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T,
  *	or QUAD_IS___INT64.
  */
@@ -926,18 +922,28 @@
 #   define QUAD_IS___INT64	5
 #endif
 
-/* OSNAME:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
  */
-/* OSVERS:
- *	This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ *	Perl has been cross-compiled to.  Undefined if not a cross-compile.
  */
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
-#define OSVERS "5.1"		/**/
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define	USE_CROSS_COMPILE	/ **/
+#define	PERL_TARGETARCH	""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
+ *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
+ *	double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
+ *	4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+ */
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+#  define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#else
+#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#endif
 
 /* ARCHLIB:
  *	This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
@@ -979,63 +985,54 @@
 #define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin"	/**/
 #define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" 		/**/
 
-/* CAT2:
- *	This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b)	a/**/b
-#define STRINGIFY(a)	"a"
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b)	a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a)	#a
-#define CAT2(a,b)	PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#define STRINGIFY(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* BYTEORDER:
+ *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
+ *	in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
+ *	If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
+ *	binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
+ *	determine the byte order.
+ *	On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
+ *	Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
+ *	The endian-ness is available at compile-time.  This only matters
+ *	for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
+ *	one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
+ *	extension.  Older versions of NeXT that might not have
+ *	defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
+ *	so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
+ *	This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
  */
-#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
-#define CPPMINUS ""
-#define CPPRUN "cpp32 -oCON"
-#define CPPLAST ""
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+#  ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
+#    if LONGSIZE == 4
+#      define BYTEORDER 0x1234
+#    else
+#      if LONGSIZE == 8
+#        define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  else
+#    ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+#      if LONGSIZE == 4
+#        define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+#      else
+#        if LONGSIZE == 8
+#          define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#  if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
+#    define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+#  endif
+#else
+#define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
+#endif /* NeXT */
 
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- *	(always present on UNIX.)
+/* CHARBITS:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
  */
-#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+#define CHARBITS 8		/**/
 
 /* HAS_ACCESSX:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
@@ -1056,53 +1053,32 @@
 /*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R	   / **/
 #define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
- */
-/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
- *	Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+/* CASTI32:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
  */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+#define	CASTI32		/**/
+
+/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ *	numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
  */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+/* CASTFLAGS:
+ *	This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
+ *	has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
+ *		0 = ok
+ *		1 = couldn't cast < 0
+ *		2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
+ *		4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
  */
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT	/ **/
-/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT	/ **/
+#define	CASTNEGFLOAT		/**/
+#define CASTFLAGS 0		/**/
 
-/* HASCONST:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- *	the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
- *	within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
- *	trigger the necessary tests.
+/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
+ *	does not return a value.
  */
-#define HASCONST	/**/
-#ifndef HASCONST
-#define const
-#endif
+/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_CRYPT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
@@ -1117,17 +1093,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_CRYPT_R	   / **/
 #define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
- */
-/*#define HAS_CSH		/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH ""	/**/
-#endif
-
 /* HAS_CTERMID_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
  *	is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
@@ -1167,26 +1132,12 @@
 /*#define HAS_DRAND48_R	   / **/
 #define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern double drand48(void);
- */
-/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/ **/
-
 /* HAS_EACCESS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
  *	available to do extended access checks.
  */
 /*#define HAS_EACCESS		/ **/
 
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
  *	is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
@@ -1200,12 +1151,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
  *	is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
@@ -1219,12 +1164,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
  *	is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
@@ -1238,12 +1177,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
  *	is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
@@ -1257,12 +1190,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
  *	is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -1276,12 +1203,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
  *	is available to endservent re-entrantly.
@@ -1295,17 +1216,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- *	longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ *	in <sys/types.h>
  */
-#define	FLEXFILENAMES		/**/
+#define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Gconvert:
+ *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
+ *	emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ *	efficient.  If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ *	trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used.  If all else fails,
+ *	a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ *	macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ *	be retained, and the output buffer.
+ *	The usual values are:
+ *		d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ *		d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ *		d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ *	The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/ **/
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b))
 
 /* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
@@ -1346,53 +1278,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R	   / **/
 #define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- *	privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- *	to derive the host name.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
-#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME	/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
 /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
  *	is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
@@ -1432,14 +1317,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
-
 /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
  *	is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
@@ -1453,24 +1330,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R	   / **/
 #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
  *	is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
@@ -1510,41 +1369,12 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- *	available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPGRP		/ **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ *	is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ *	many memory management calls.
  */
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
@@ -1585,21 +1415,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
  *	is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -1639,12 +1454,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R	   / **/
 #define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
  *	is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
@@ -1684,14 +1493,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
-
 /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
  *	is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
@@ -1705,17 +1506,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R	   / **/
 #define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
-
 /* HAS_GMTIME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
  *	is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
@@ -1729,30 +1519,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R	   / **/
 #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the GNU C library is being used.  A better check is to use
+ *	the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
  */
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/ **/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+#   define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ *	is available.
  */
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ *	link).
  */
-#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
-#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
@@ -1780,71 +1568,11 @@
 /*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R	   / **/
 #define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- *	doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
- */
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long long.
- */
-/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG		/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the lseek() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
- */
-#define	HAS_LSEEK_PROTO	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- *	to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- *	temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- *	available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- *	(and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MMAP		/ **/
-#define Mmap_t void *	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ *	argument form of open(2) is available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_MSG		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/ **/
 
 /* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
@@ -1920,17 +1648,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_READDIR_R	   / **/
 #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SEM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- *	supported.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ *	own version.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SEM		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/ **/
 
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks.  If you need to
+ *	copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ *	use memmove() instead, if available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
 
 /* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
@@ -1945,12 +1684,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
  *	is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
@@ -1977,12 +1710,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R	   / **/
 #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
  *	is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
@@ -1996,24 +1723,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- *	available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.  See also HAS_SETPGID
- *	for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP		/ **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP	/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
  *	is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
@@ -2027,12 +1736,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
  *	is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -2046,12 +1749,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
  *	is available to setservent re-entrantly.
@@ -2065,6 +1762,933 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ *	is available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
+ *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
+ *	is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R	   / **/
+#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
+ *	is available to srandom re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R	   / **/
+#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ *	to access these fields.
+ */
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
+ */
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ *	to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ *	value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ *	to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->curp)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->level)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT	/ **/
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
+ *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->buffer)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->level + (fp)->curp - (fp)->buffer)
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
+ *	is available to strerror re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R	   / **/
+#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
+ *	is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R	   / **/
+#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
+ *	is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R	   / **/
+#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
+ *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+ */
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
+ *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ *	symbol.
+ */
+#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/ **/
+
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
+ */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/ **/
+
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <pthread.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/ **/
+
+/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <sys/access.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_SYS_ACCESS                / **/
+
+/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <sys/security.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/ **/
+
+/* I_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+ */
+/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
+ */
+/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
+ */
+#define I_TIME		/**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/ **/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF		/ **/
+
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
+ *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0		/ **/
+
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
+ */
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/ **/
+
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+ */
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+ */
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+ */
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+ */
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+
+/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
+ *	This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
+ *	binary to search for additional library files or modules.
+ *	These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
+ *	Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
+ *	and architecture-specific directories.  See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
+ *	for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS ""		/ **/
+
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ */
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib"		/**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
+
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ *	sizeof(char *).
+ */
+#define PTRSIZE 4		/**/
+
+/* Drand01:
+ *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
+ *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+ */
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ *	random seed function.
+ */
+/* seedDrand01:
+ *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ *	random number generator (see Drand01).
+ */
+/* RANDBITS:
+ *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+ */
+#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
+#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
+#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
+#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
+/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/ **/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_STEM:
+ *	This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
+#define SITELIB_STEM ""		/**/
+
+/* SSize_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
+ *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+ */
+#define SSize_t int	 /* signed count of bytes */
+
+/* USE_ITHREADS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
+ */
+/* USE_5005THREADS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ *	use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
+ *	Only valid up to 5.8.x.
+ */
+/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ *	be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
+ */
+/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ *	try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
+ *	This is extremely experimental.
+ */
+/*#define	USE_5005THREADS		/ **/
+/*#define	USE_ITHREADS		/ **/
+#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
+#define		USE_THREADS		/* until src is revised*/
+#endif
+/*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/ **/
+/*#define	USE_REENTRANT_API	/ **/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
+ *	If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
+ *	It may have a ~ on the front.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
+ *	architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH ""		/ **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP ""		/ **/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
+ *	This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/ **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM ""		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
+ *	C99-style static inline.  That is, the function can't be called
+ *	from another translation unit.
+ */
+/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
+ *	This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
+ *	inline functions.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
+ *	give C99-style inline.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
+ *	this will give a plain 'static'.  It will always be defined
+ *	to something that gives static linkage.
+ *	Possibilities include
+ *		static inline       (c99)
+ *		static __inline__   (gcc -ansi)
+ *		static __inline     (MSVC)
+ *		static _inline      (older MSVC)
+ *		static              (c89 compilers)
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE				/ **/
+#define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static           	/**/
+
+/* EBCDIC:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ *	EBCDIC encoding.
+ */
+/*#define	EBCDIC 		/ **/
+
+/* OSNAME:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+/* OSVERS:
+ *	This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
+#define OSVERS "5.1"		/**/
+
+/* CAT2:
+ *	This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
+ */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b)	a/**/b
+#define STRINGIFY(a)	"a"
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b)	a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a)	#a
+#define CAT2(a,b)	PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#define STRINGIFY(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+/* CPPLAST:
+ *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+ */
+#define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
+#define CPPMINUS ""
+#define CPPRUN "cpp32 -oCON"
+#define CPPLAST ""
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ *	(always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
+ */
+/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
+ *	Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+ */
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT	/ **/
+/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT	/ **/
+
+/* HASCONST:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ *	the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
+ *	within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
+ *	trigger the necessary tests.
+ */
+#define HASCONST	/**/
+#ifndef HASCONST
+#define const
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH		/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH ""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ *	setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+ */
+/* DOSUID:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ *	check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ *	attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ *	setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ *	It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ *	is done securely.  Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ *	the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ *	script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ *	to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ *	subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ *	file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW	/ **/
+/*#define DOSUID		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/ **/
+
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ *	longer than 14 characters.
+ */
+#define	FLEXFILENAMES		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ *	privileges.
+ */
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ *	to derive the host name.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
+#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME	/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their names.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ *	available to get the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPGRP		/ **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
+#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ *	doubles.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
+ */
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10		/**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
+ */
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG		/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ *	to locate characters within a C string.
+ */
+#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ *	temporary file.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ *	available to map a file into memory.
+ */
+/* Mmap_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ *	(and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MMAP		/ **/
+#define Mmap_t void *	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MSG		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ *	supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SEM		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ *	available to set the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.  See also HAS_SETPGID
+ *	for a POSIX interface.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP		/ **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/ **/
+
 /* HAS_SETVBUF:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
  *	available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
@@ -2130,40 +2754,25 @@
  *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
  *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
+/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
+ *	structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
+ *	the structure.
+ */
+/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
+ *	structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
+ */
 #define	HAS_SOCKET		/**/
 /*#define	HAS_SOCKETPAIR	/ **/
+/*#define	HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_CTRUNC	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_OOB	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_PEEK	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_PROXY	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_SCM_RIGHTS	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
- *	is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
- */
-/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
- *	It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R	   / **/
-#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
-/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
- *	is available to srandom re-entrantly.
- */
-/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
- *	It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R	   / **/
-#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+#define	HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID	/**/
 
 /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
  *	This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
@@ -2199,69 +2808,12 @@
 #define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST	/**/
 #define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
 
-/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
- *	is available to strerror re-entrantly.
- */
-/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
- *	It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R	   / **/
-#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
 /* HAS_STRTOUL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
  *	available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
  */
 #define HAS_STRTOUL	/**/
 
-/* HAS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
- */
-/* Time_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- *	included).
- */
-#define HAS_TIME		/**/
-#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
-
-/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
- *	is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
- */
-/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
- *	It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R	   / **/
-#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
-/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
- *	is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
- */
-/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
- *	It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R	   / **/
-#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
 /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
  *	defined by including <sys/sem.h>.  If not, the user code
@@ -2312,38 +2864,6 @@
 #define volatile
 #endif
 
-/* Fpos_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
-
-/* Gid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
- */
-#define	Gid_t_f		"d"		/**/
-
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Gid_t_sign	-1		/* GID sign */
-
-/* Gid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
- *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- *	gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- *	any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
 /* I_DIRENT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *	include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
@@ -2375,12 +2895,6 @@
 /*#define I_GRP		/ **/
 /*#define GRPASSWD	/ **/
 
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/ **/
-
 /* I_NDBM:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
  *	be included.
@@ -2432,12 +2946,6 @@
  */
 /*#define I_NET_ERRNO		/ **/
 
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/ **/
-
 /* I_PWD:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *	include <pwd.h>.
@@ -2484,18 +2992,6 @@
 /*#define PWGECOS	/ **/
 /*#define PWPASSWD	/ **/
 
-/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <sys/access.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_SYS_ACCESS                / **/
-
-/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <sys/security.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/ **/
-
 /* I_SYSUIO:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
@@ -2513,36 +3009,6 @@
 #define I_STDARG		/**/
 /*#define I_VARARGS	/ **/
 
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
- *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0		/ **/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
- */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/ **/
-
-/* Off_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t long		/* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
-
 /* Free_t:
  *	This variable contains the return type of free().  It is usually
  * void, but occasionally int.
@@ -2563,65 +3029,6 @@
  */
 /*#define MYMALLOC			/ **/
 
-/* Mode_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
- *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- *	gethostbyname().
- */
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- *	getnetbyaddr().
- */
-#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
-
-/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
- *	This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
- *	binary to search for additional library files or modules.
- *	These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
- *	Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
- *	and architecture-specific directories.  See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
- *	for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS ""		/ **/
-
-/* Pid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
-
-/* PRIVLIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- */
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib"		/**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
-
 /* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
  *	If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
  *	function prototypes.
@@ -2640,14 +3047,6 @@
 #define	_(args) ()
 #endif
 
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you
- *	have select(), of course.
- */
-#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
-
 /* SH_PATH:
  *	This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
  *	on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts.  Usually, this will be
@@ -2697,152 +3096,12 @@
 #define SIG_NUM  0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 18, 0		/**/
 #define SIG_SIZE 27			/**/
 
-/* SITEARCH:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
-/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/ **/
-
-/* SITELIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* SITELIB_STEM:
- *	This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
-#define SITELIB_STEM ""		/**/
-
-/* Size_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Size_t_size 4		/**/
-
-/* Size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
- *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Size_t size_t	 /* length paramater for string functions */
-
-/* Sock_size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- *	various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
- */
-#define Sock_size_t		int /**/
-
 /* STDCHAR:
  *	This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
  *	It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
  */
 #define STDCHAR unsigned char	/**/
 
-/* Uid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define	Uid_t_f		"d"		/**/
-
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Uid_t_sign	-1		/* UID sign */
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
-
-/* Uid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
-
-/* USE_ITHREADS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
- */
-/* USE_5005THREADS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- *	use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
- *	Only valid up to 5.8.x.
- */
-/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- *	be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
- */
-/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- *	try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
- *	This is extremely experimental.
- */
-/*#define	USE_5005THREADS		/ **/
-/*#define	USE_ITHREADS		/ **/
-#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
-#define		USE_THREADS		/* until src is revised*/
-#endif
-/*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/ **/
-/*#define	USE_REENTRANT_API	/ **/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
- *	If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
- *	It may have a ~ on the front.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
- *	architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH ""		/ **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP ""		/ **/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
- *	This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/ **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM ""		/ **/
-
 /* VOIDFLAGS:
  *	This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
  *	compiler.  What various bits mean:
@@ -2851,7 +3110,7 @@
  *	    2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
  *	    4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
  *		    addresses of void functions
- *	    8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *	    8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers
  *
  *	The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
  *	of the package.  This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
@@ -2868,457 +3127,6 @@
 #define M_VOID			/* Xenix strikes again */
 #endif
 
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
- */
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- *	Perl has been cross-compiled to.  Undefined if not a cross-compile.
- */
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define	USE_CROSS_COMPILE	/ **/
-#define	PERL_TARGETARCH	""	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
- *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
- *	double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
- *	4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
- */
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-#  define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#else
-#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#endif
-
-/* BYTEORDER:
- *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
- *	in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
- *	If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
- *	binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
- *	determine the byte order.
- *	On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
- *	Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
- *	The endian-ness is available at compile-time.  This only matters
- *	for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
- *	one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
- *	extension.  Older versions of NeXT that might not have
- *	defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
- *	so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
- *	This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
- */
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-#  ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
-#    if LONGSIZE == 4
-#      define BYTEORDER 0x1234
-#    else
-#      if LONGSIZE == 8
-#        define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  else
-#    ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
-#      if LONGSIZE == 4
-#        define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-#      else
-#        if LONGSIZE == 8
-#          define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
-#        endif
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#  if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
-#    define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-#  endif
-#else
-#define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
-#endif /* NeXT */
-
-/* CHARBITS:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define CHARBITS 8		/**/
-
-/* CASTI32:
- *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
- */
-#define	CASTI32		/**/
-
-/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
- *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- *	numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
- */
-/* CASTFLAGS:
- *	This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
- *	has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
- *		0 = ok
- *		1 = couldn't cast < 0
- *		2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
- *		4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
- */
-#define	CASTNEGFLOAT		/**/
-#define CASTFLAGS 0		/**/
-
-/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
- *	does not return a value.
- */
-/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- *	in <sys/types.h>
- */
-#define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
-
-/* Gconvert:
- *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
- *	emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- *	efficient.  If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- *	trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used.  If all else fails,
- *	a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- *	macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- *	be retained, and the output buffer.
- *	The usual values are:
- *		d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- *		d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- *		d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- *	The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
- */
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b))
-
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- *	is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- *	many memory management calls.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the GNU C library is being used.  A better check is to use
- *	the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/ **/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-#   define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- *	is available.
- */
-#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
-
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- *	link).
- */
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- *	argument form of open(2) is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- *	own version.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks.  If you need to
- *	copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- *	use memmove() instead, if available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
- */
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
-
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- *	is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
- *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/* Siglongjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
- *	C99-style static inline.  That is, the function can't be called
- *	from another translation unit.
- */
-/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
- *	This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
- *	inline functions.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
- *	give C99-style inline.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
- *	this will give a plain 'static'.  It will always be defined
- *	to something that gives static linkage.
- *	Possibilities include
- *		static inline       (c99)
- *		static __inline__   (gcc -ansi)
- *		static __inline     (MSVC)
- *		static _inline      (older MSVC)
- *		static              (c89 compilers)
- */
-/*#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE				/ **/
-#define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static           	/**/
-
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- *	to access these fields.
- */
-/* FILE_ptr:
- *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
- */
-/* FILE_cnt:
- *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- *	to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- *	value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- *	to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->curp)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->level)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT	/ **/
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
- *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
- */
-/* FILE_base:
- *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->buffer)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->level + (fp)->curp - (fp)->buffer)
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
- *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
- */
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
- *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- *	symbol.
- */
-#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/ **/
-
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
-
-/* I_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
- */
-/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
- */
-/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
- */
-#define I_TIME		/**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/ **/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/ **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE		/ **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF		/ **/
-
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
- */
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
- */
-/* RD_NODATA:
- *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
- */
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
- */
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
-
-/* PTRSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
- *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- *	sizeof(char *).
- */
-#define PTRSIZE 4		/**/
-
-/* Drand01:
- *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
- *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
- */
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- *	random seed function.
- */
-/* seedDrand01:
- *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- *	random number generator (see Drand01).
- */
-/* RANDBITS:
- *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
- */
-#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
-#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
-#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
-#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
-
-/* SSize_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
- *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
- */
-#define SSize_t int	 /* signed count of bytes */
-
-/* EBCDIC:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- *	EBCDIC encoding.
- */
-/*#define	EBCDIC 		/ **/
-
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- *	setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
- */
-/* DOSUID:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- *	check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- *	attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- *	setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- *	It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- *	is done securely.  Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- *	the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- *	script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- *	to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- *	subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- *	file descriptor of the script to be executed.
- */
-/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW	/ **/
-/*#define DOSUID		/ **/
-
 /* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
  *	-Dusedevel, to enable development features.  This should not be
@@ -3606,7 +3414,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
- *	available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name.
+ *	available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
  */
 /*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM		/ **/
 
@@ -3747,7 +3555,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
- *	available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
+ *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
  *	(with a suffix) temporary file.
  */
 /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS		/ **/
@@ -3797,6 +3605,17 @@
  */
 /*#define	HAS_OFF64_T    		/ **/
 
+/* HAS_PRCTL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ *	available to set process title.
+ */
+/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ *	available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME		/ **/
+
 /* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
  *	This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
  *	to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
@@ -4436,7 +4255,7 @@
 /* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
  *	This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
  *	value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
- *	floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary
+ *	floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
  *	conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
  */
 /* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
@@ -4537,6 +4356,16 @@
  */
 #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 	32	/**/
 
+/* ST_INO_SIZE:
+ *	This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
+ */
+/* ST_INO_SIGN:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define ST_INO_SIGN 1	/* st_ino sign */
+#define ST_INO_SIZE 4	/* st_ino size */
+
 /* STARTPERL:
  *	This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
  *	script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
@@ -4573,8 +4402,8 @@
  *	This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
  *	the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
  */
-#define GMTIME_MAX	2147483647	/**/
-#define GMTIME_MIN	0	/**/
+#define GMTIME_MAX		2147483647	/**/
+#define GMTIME_MIN		0	/**/
 #define LOCALTIME_MAX	2147483647	/**/
 #define LOCALTIME_MIN	0	/**/
 
@@ -4667,4 +4496,203 @@
 /*#define	USE_SOCKS		/ **/
 #endif
 
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern double drand48(void);
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the lseek() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+#define	HAS_LSEEK_PROTO	/**/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ *	gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ *	getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you
+ *	have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ *	various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t		int /**/
+
+/* HAS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
+ */
+/* Time_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ *	included).
+ */
+#define HAS_TIME		/**/
+#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
+
+/* Fpos_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define	Gid_t_f		"d"		/**/
+
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_sign	-1		/* GID sign */
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
+ *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ *	gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ *	any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Off_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t long		/* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* Pid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
+
+/* Size_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Size_t_size 4		/**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
+ *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t	 /* length parameter for string functions */
+
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+ */
+#define	Uid_t_f		"d"		/**/
+
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_sign	-1		/* UID sign */
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
+
 #endif
diff --git a/win32/config_H.gc b/win32/config_H.gc
index bd18ffe97b..fce9e21f72 100644
--- a/win32/config_H.gc
+++ b/win32/config_H.gc
@@ -1,20 +1,16 @@
-/*
- * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
+/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
  * gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by
  * running Configure.
  *
  * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises.  Note, however,
  * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made.
  * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH.
- *
- * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $
  */
 
-/*
- * Package name      : perl5
+/* Package name      : perl5
  * Source directory  : 
- * Configuration time: Sun Jan 10 19:53:56 2010
- * Configured by     : Steve
+ * Configuration time: Thu Sep  1 13:36:38 2011
+ * Configured by     : shay
  * Target system     : 
  */
 
@@ -72,7 +68,7 @@
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available
  *	to encrypt passwords and the like.
  */
-/*#define HAS_CRYPT		/ **/
+#define HAS_CRYPT		/**/
 
 /* HAS_CTERMID:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is
@@ -910,7 +906,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_QUAD:
  *	This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type,
- *	Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
+ *	Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
  *	of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T,
  *	or QUAD_IS___INT64.
  */
@@ -932,18 +928,28 @@
 #   define QUAD_IS___INT64	5
 #endif
 
-/* OSNAME:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
  */
-/* OSVERS:
- *	This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ *	Perl has been cross-compiled to.  Undefined if not a cross-compile.
  */
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
-#define OSVERS "5.1"		/**/
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define	USE_CROSS_COMPILE	/ **/
+#define	PERL_TARGETARCH	""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
+ *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
+ *	double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
+ *	4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+ */
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+#  define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#else
+#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#endif
 
 /* ARCHLIB:
  *	This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
@@ -985,71 +991,54 @@
 #define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin"	/**/
 #define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" 		/**/
 
-/* CAT2:
- *	This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b)	a/**/b
-#undef STRINGIFY
-#define STRINGIFY(a)	"a"
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b)	a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a)	#a
-#define CAT2(a,b)	PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#undef STRINGIFY
-#define STRINGIFY(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* BYTEORDER:
+ *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
+ *	in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
+ *	If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
+ *	binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
+ *	determine the byte order.
+ *	On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
+ *	Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
+ *	The endian-ness is available at compile-time.  This only matters
+ *	for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
+ *	one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
+ *	extension.  Older versions of NeXT that might not have
+ *	defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
+ *	so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
+ *	This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
  */
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#   define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
-#   define CPPMINUS "-"
-#   define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+#  ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
+#    if LONGSIZE == 4
+#      define BYTEORDER 0x1234
+#    else
+#      if LONGSIZE == 8
+#        define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  else
+#    ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+#      if LONGSIZE == 4
+#        define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+#      else
+#        if LONGSIZE == 8
+#          define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#  if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
+#    define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+#  endif
 #else
-#   define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
-#   define CPPMINUS ""
-#   define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
-#endif
-#define CPPLAST ""
+#define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
+#endif /* NeXT */
 
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- *	(always present on UNIX.)
+/* CHARBITS:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
  */
-#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+#define CHARBITS 8		/**/
 
 /* HAS_ACCESSX:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
@@ -1070,57 +1059,34 @@
 /*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R	   / **/
 #define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from
- * one version of GCC to another.  Instead, they are defined on the basis of
- * the compiler version in <perl.h>.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
- */
-/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
- *	Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+/* CASTI32:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
  */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#   define	CASTI32		/**/
+#endif
+
+/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ *	numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
  */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+/* CASTFLAGS:
+ *	This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
+ *	has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
+ *		0 = ok
+ *		1 = couldn't cast < 0
+ *		2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
+ *		4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
  */
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT	/ **/
-/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT	/ **/
+#define	CASTNEGFLOAT		/**/
+#define CASTFLAGS 0		/**/
 
-/* HASCONST:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- *	the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
- *	within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
- *	trigger the necessary tests.
+/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
+ *	does not return a value.
  */
-#define HASCONST	/**/
-#ifndef HASCONST
-#define const
-#endif
+/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_CRYPT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
@@ -1135,17 +1101,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_CRYPT_R	   / **/
 #define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
- */
-/*#define HAS_CSH		/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH ""	/**/
-#endif
-
 /* HAS_CTERMID_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
  *	is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
@@ -1185,26 +1140,12 @@
 /*#define HAS_DRAND48_R	   / **/
 #define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern double drand48(void);
- */
-/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/ **/
-
 /* HAS_EACCESS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
  *	available to do extended access checks.
  */
 /*#define HAS_EACCESS		/ **/
 
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
  *	is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
@@ -1218,12 +1159,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
  *	is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
@@ -1237,12 +1172,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
  *	is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
@@ -1256,12 +1185,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
  *	is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
@@ -1275,12 +1198,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
  *	is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -1294,12 +1211,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
  *	is available to endservent re-entrantly.
@@ -1313,17 +1224,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- *	longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ *	in <sys/types.h>
  */
-#define	FLEXFILENAMES		/**/
+#define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Gconvert:
+ *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
+ *	emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ *	efficient.  If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ *	trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used.  If all else fails,
+ *	a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ *	macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ *	be retained, and the output buffer.
+ *	The usual values are:
+ *		d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ *		d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ *		d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ *	The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/ **/
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
 
 /* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
@@ -1364,53 +1286,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R	   / **/
 #define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- *	privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- *	to derive the host name.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
-#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME	/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
 /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
  *	is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
@@ -1450,14 +1325,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
-
 /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
  *	is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
@@ -1471,24 +1338,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R	   / **/
 #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
  *	is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
@@ -1528,41 +1377,12 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- *	available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPGRP		/ **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ *	is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ *	many memory management calls.
  */
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
@@ -1603,21 +1423,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
  *	is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -1657,12 +1462,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R	   / **/
 #define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
  *	is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
@@ -1702,14 +1501,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
-
 /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
  *	is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
@@ -1723,17 +1514,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R	   / **/
 #define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
-
 /* HAS_GMTIME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
  *	is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
@@ -1747,30 +1527,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R	   / **/
 #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the GNU C library is being used.  A better check is to use
+ *	the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
  */
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/ **/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+#   define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ *	is available.
  */
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ *	link).
  */
-#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
-#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
@@ -1798,75 +1576,11 @@
 /*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R	   / **/
 #define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- *	doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
- */
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-#   ifndef _MSC_VER
-#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12		/**/
-#   else
-#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long long.
- */
-/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG		/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the lseek() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
- */
-#define	HAS_LSEEK_PROTO	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- *	to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- *	temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- *	available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- *	(and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MMAP		/ **/
-#define Mmap_t void *	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ *	argument form of open(2) is available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_MSG		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/ **/
 
 /* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
@@ -1942,17 +1656,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_READDIR_R	   / **/
 #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SEM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- *	supported.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ *	own version.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SEM		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/ **/
 
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks.  If you need to
+ *	copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ *	use memmove() instead, if available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
 
 /* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
@@ -1967,12 +1692,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
  *	is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
@@ -1999,12 +1718,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R	   / **/
 #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
  *	is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
@@ -2018,24 +1731,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- *	available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.  See also HAS_SETPGID
- *	for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP		/ **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP	/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
  *	is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
@@ -2049,12 +1744,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
  *	is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -2068,12 +1757,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
  *	is available to setservent re-entrantly.
@@ -2087,6 +1770,953 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ *	is available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
+ *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
+ *	is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R	   / **/
+#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
+ *	is available to srandom re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R	   / **/
+#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ *	to access these fields.
+ */
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
+ */
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ *	to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ *	value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ *	to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT	/ **/
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
+ *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
+ *	is available to strerror re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R	   / **/
+#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
+ *	is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R	   / **/
+#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
+ *	is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R	   / **/
+#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
+ *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+ */
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
+ *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ *	symbol.
+ */
+#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/ **/
+
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
+ */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/ **/
+
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <pthread.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/ **/
+
+/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <sys/access.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_SYS_ACCESS                / **/
+
+/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <sys/security.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/ **/
+
+/* I_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+ */
+/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
+ */
+/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
+ */
+#define I_TIME		/**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/ **/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF		/ **/
+
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
+ *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0		/ **/
+
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
+ */
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/ **/
+
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+ */
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+ */
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+ */
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+ */
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+
+/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
+ *	This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
+ *	binary to search for additional library files or modules.
+ *	These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
+ *	Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
+ *	and architecture-specific directories.  See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
+ *	for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS ""		/ **/
+
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ */
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib"		/**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
+
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ *	sizeof(char *).
+ */
+#define PTRSIZE 4		/**/
+
+/* Drand01:
+ *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
+ *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+ */
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ *	random seed function.
+ */
+/* seedDrand01:
+ *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ *	random number generator (see Drand01).
+ */
+/* RANDBITS:
+ *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+ */
+#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
+#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
+#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
+#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
+/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/ **/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_STEM:
+ *	This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
+#define SITELIB_STEM ""		/**/
+
+/* SSize_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
+ *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+ */
+#define SSize_t int	 /* signed count of bytes */
+
+/* USE_ITHREADS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
+ */
+/* USE_5005THREADS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ *	use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
+ *	Only valid up to 5.8.x.
+ */
+/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ *	be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
+ */
+/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ *	try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
+ *	This is extremely experimental.
+ */
+/*#define	USE_5005THREADS		/ **/
+/*#define	USE_ITHREADS		/ **/
+#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
+#define		USE_THREADS		/* until src is revised*/
+#endif
+/*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/ **/
+/*#define	USE_REENTRANT_API	/ **/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
+ *	If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
+ *	It may have a ~ on the front.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
+ *	architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH ""		/ **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP ""		/ **/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
+ *	This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/ **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM ""		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
+ *	C99-style static inline.  That is, the function can't be called
+ *	from another translation unit.
+ */
+/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
+ *	This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
+ *	inline functions.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
+ *	give C99-style inline.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
+ *	this will give a plain 'static'.  It will always be defined
+ *	to something that gives static linkage.
+ *	Possibilities include
+ *		static inline       (c99)
+ *		static __inline__   (gcc -ansi)
+ *		static __inline     (MSVC)
+ *		static _inline      (older MSVC)
+ *		static              (c89 compilers)
+ */
+#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE				/**/
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__	/**/
+#else
+#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline  	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* EBCDIC:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ *	EBCDIC encoding.
+ */
+/*#define	EBCDIC 		/ **/
+
+/* OSNAME:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+/* OSVERS:
+ *	This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
+#define OSVERS "5.1"		/**/
+
+/* CAT2:
+ *	This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
+ */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b)	a/**/b
+#undef STRINGIFY
+#define STRINGIFY(a)	"a"
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b)	a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a)	#a
+#define CAT2(a,b)	PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#undef STRINGIFY
+#define STRINGIFY(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+/* CPPLAST:
+ *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+ */
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#   define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
+#   define CPPMINUS "-"
+#   define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
+#else
+#   define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
+#   define CPPMINUS ""
+#   define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+#endif
+#define CPPLAST ""
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ *	(always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+
+/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from
+ * one version of GCC to another.  Instead, they are defined on the basis of
+ * the compiler version in <perl.h>.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
+ */
+/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
+ *	Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+ */
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT	/ **/
+/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT	/ **/
+
+/* HASCONST:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ *	the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
+ *	within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
+ *	trigger the necessary tests.
+ */
+#define HASCONST	/**/
+#ifndef HASCONST
+#define const
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH		/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH ""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ *	setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+ */
+/* DOSUID:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ *	check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ *	attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ *	setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ *	It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ *	is done securely.  Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ *	the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ *	script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ *	to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ *	subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ *	file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW	/ **/
+/*#define DOSUID		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/ **/
+
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ *	longer than 14 characters.
+ */
+#define	FLEXFILENAMES		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ *	privileges.
+ */
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ *	to derive the host name.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
+#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME	/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their names.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ *	available to get the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPGRP		/ **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
+#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ *	doubles.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
+ */
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+#   ifndef _MSC_VER
+#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12		/**/
+#   else
+#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
+ */
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG		/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ *	to locate characters within a C string.
+ */
+#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ *	temporary file.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ *	available to map a file into memory.
+ */
+/* Mmap_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ *	(and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MMAP		/ **/
+#define Mmap_t void *	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MSG		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ *	supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SEM		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ *	available to set the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.  See also HAS_SETPGID
+ *	for a POSIX interface.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP		/ **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/ **/
+
 /* HAS_SETVBUF:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
  *	available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
@@ -2152,40 +2782,25 @@
  *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
  *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
+/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
+ *	structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
+ *	the structure.
+ */
+/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
+ *	structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
+ */
 #define	HAS_SOCKET		/**/
 /*#define	HAS_SOCKETPAIR	/ **/
+/*#define	HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_CTRUNC	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_OOB	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_PEEK	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_PROXY	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_SCM_RIGHTS	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
- *	is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
- */
-/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
- *	It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R	   / **/
-#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
-/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
- *	is available to srandom re-entrantly.
- */
-/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
- *	It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R	   / **/
-#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+#define	HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID	/**/
 
 /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
  *	This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
@@ -2221,69 +2836,12 @@
 #define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST	/**/
 #define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
 
-/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
- *	is available to strerror re-entrantly.
- */
-/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
- *	It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R	   / **/
-#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
 /* HAS_STRTOUL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
  *	available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
  */
 #define HAS_STRTOUL	/**/
 
-/* HAS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
- */
-/* Time_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- *	included).
- */
-#define HAS_TIME		/**/
-#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
-
-/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
- *	is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
- */
-/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
- *	It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R	   / **/
-#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
-/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
- *	is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
- */
-/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
- *	It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R	   / **/
-#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
 /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
  *	defined by including <sys/sem.h>.  If not, the user code
@@ -2334,38 +2892,6 @@
 #define volatile
 #endif
 
-/* Fpos_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
-
-/* Gid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
- */
-#define	Gid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
-
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Gid_t_sign	-1		/* GID sign */
-
-/* Gid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
- *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- *	gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- *	any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
 /* I_DIRENT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *	include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
@@ -2397,12 +2923,6 @@
 /*#define I_GRP		/ **/
 /*#define GRPASSWD	/ **/
 
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/ **/
-
 /* I_NDBM:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
  *	be included.
@@ -2454,12 +2974,6 @@
  */
 /*#define I_NET_ERRNO		/ **/
 
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/ **/
-
 /* I_PWD:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *	include <pwd.h>.
@@ -2506,18 +3020,6 @@
 /*#define PWGECOS	/ **/
 /*#define PWPASSWD	/ **/
 
-/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <sys/access.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_SYS_ACCESS                / **/
-
-/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <sys/security.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/ **/
-
 /* I_SYSUIO:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
@@ -2535,36 +3037,6 @@
 #define I_STDARG		/**/
 /*#define I_VARARGS	/ **/
 
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
- *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0		/ **/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
- */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/ **/
-
-/* Off_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t long		/* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
-
 /* Free_t:
  *	This variable contains the return type of free().  It is usually
  * void, but occasionally int.
@@ -2585,65 +3057,6 @@
  */
 /*#define MYMALLOC			/ **/
 
-/* Mode_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
- *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- *	gethostbyname().
- */
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- *	getnetbyaddr().
- */
-#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
-
-/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
- *	This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
- *	binary to search for additional library files or modules.
- *	These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
- *	Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
- *	and architecture-specific directories.  See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
- *	for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS ""		/ **/
-
-/* Pid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
-
-/* PRIVLIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- */
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib"		/**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
-
 /* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
  *	If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
  *	function prototypes.
@@ -2662,14 +3075,6 @@
 #define	_(args) ()
 #endif
 
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you
- *	have select(), of course.
- */
-#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
-
 /* SH_PATH:
  *	This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
  *	on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts.  Usually, this will be
@@ -2719,152 +3124,12 @@
 #define SIG_NUM  0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0		/**/
 #define SIG_SIZE 27			/**/
 
-/* SITEARCH:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
-/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/ **/
-
-/* SITELIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* SITELIB_STEM:
- *	This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
-#define SITELIB_STEM ""		/**/
-
-/* Size_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Size_t_size 4		/**/
-
-/* Size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
- *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Size_t size_t	 /* length paramater for string functions */
-
-/* Sock_size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- *	various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
- */
-#define Sock_size_t		int /**/
-
 /* STDCHAR:
  *	This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
  *	It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
  */
 #define STDCHAR char	/**/
 
-/* Uid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define	Uid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
-
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Uid_t_sign	-1		/* UID sign */
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
-
-/* Uid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
-
-/* USE_ITHREADS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
- */
-/* USE_5005THREADS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- *	use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
- *	Only valid up to 5.8.x.
- */
-/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- *	be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
- */
-/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- *	try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
- *	This is extremely experimental.
- */
-/*#define	USE_5005THREADS		/ **/
-/*#define	USE_ITHREADS		/ **/
-#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
-#define		USE_THREADS		/* until src is revised*/
-#endif
-/*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/ **/
-/*#define	USE_REENTRANT_API	/ **/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
- *	If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
- *	It may have a ~ on the front.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
- *	architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH ""		/ **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP ""		/ **/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
- *	This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/ **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM ""		/ **/
-
 /* VOIDFLAGS:
  *	This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
  *	compiler.  What various bits mean:
@@ -2873,7 +3138,7 @@
  *	    2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
  *	    4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
  *		    addresses of void functions
- *	    8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *	    8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers
  *
  *	The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
  *	of the package.  This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
@@ -2890,463 +3155,6 @@
 #define M_VOID			/* Xenix strikes again */
 #endif
 
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
- */
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- *	Perl has been cross-compiled to.  Undefined if not a cross-compile.
- */
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define	USE_CROSS_COMPILE	/ **/
-#define	PERL_TARGETARCH	""	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
- *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
- *	double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
- *	4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
- */
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-#  define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#else
-#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#endif
-
-/* BYTEORDER:
- *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
- *	in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
- *	If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
- *	binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
- *	determine the byte order.
- *	On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
- *	Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
- *	The endian-ness is available at compile-time.  This only matters
- *	for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
- *	one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
- *	extension.  Older versions of NeXT that might not have
- *	defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
- *	so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
- *	This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
- */
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-#  ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
-#    if LONGSIZE == 4
-#      define BYTEORDER 0x1234
-#    else
-#      if LONGSIZE == 8
-#        define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  else
-#    ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
-#      if LONGSIZE == 4
-#        define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-#      else
-#        if LONGSIZE == 8
-#          define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
-#        endif
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#  if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
-#    define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-#  endif
-#else
-#define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
-#endif /* NeXT */
-
-/* CHARBITS:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define CHARBITS 8		/**/
-
-/* CASTI32:
- *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
- */
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#   define	CASTI32		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
- *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- *	numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
- */
-/* CASTFLAGS:
- *	This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
- *	has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
- *		0 = ok
- *		1 = couldn't cast < 0
- *		2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
- *		4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
- */
-#define	CASTNEGFLOAT		/**/
-#define CASTFLAGS 0		/**/
-
-/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
- *	does not return a value.
- */
-/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- *	in <sys/types.h>
- */
-#define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
-
-/* Gconvert:
- *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
- *	emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- *	efficient.  If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- *	trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used.  If all else fails,
- *	a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- *	macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- *	be retained, and the output buffer.
- *	The usual values are:
- *		d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- *		d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- *		d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- *	The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
- */
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
-
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- *	is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- *	many memory management calls.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the GNU C library is being used.  A better check is to use
- *	the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/ **/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-#   define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- *	is available.
- */
-#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
-
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- *	link).
- */
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- *	argument form of open(2) is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- *	own version.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks.  If you need to
- *	copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- *	use memmove() instead, if available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
- */
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
-
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- *	is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
- *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/* Siglongjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
- *	C99-style static inline.  That is, the function can't be called
- *	from another translation unit.
- */
-/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
- *	This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
- *	inline functions.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
- *	give C99-style inline.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
- *	this will give a plain 'static'.  It will always be defined
- *	to something that gives static linkage.
- *	Possibilities include
- *		static inline       (c99)
- *		static __inline__   (gcc -ansi)
- *		static __inline     (MSVC)
- *		static _inline      (older MSVC)
- *		static              (c89 compilers)
- */
-#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE				/**/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__	/**/
-#else
-#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline  	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- *	to access these fields.
- */
-/* FILE_ptr:
- *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
- */
-/* FILE_cnt:
- *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- *	to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- *	value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- *	to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT	/ **/
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
- *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
- */
-/* FILE_base:
- *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
- *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
- */
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
- *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- *	symbol.
- */
-#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/ **/
-
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
-
-/* I_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
- */
-/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
- */
-/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
- */
-#define I_TIME		/**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/ **/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/ **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE		/ **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF		/ **/
-
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
- */
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
- */
-/* RD_NODATA:
- *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
- */
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
- */
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
-
-/* PTRSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
- *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- *	sizeof(char *).
- */
-#define PTRSIZE 4		/**/
-
-/* Drand01:
- *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
- *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
- */
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- *	random seed function.
- */
-/* seedDrand01:
- *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- *	random number generator (see Drand01).
- */
-/* RANDBITS:
- *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
- */
-#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
-#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
-#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
-#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
-
-/* SSize_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
- *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
- */
-#define SSize_t int	 /* signed count of bytes */
-
-/* EBCDIC:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- *	EBCDIC encoding.
- */
-/*#define	EBCDIC 		/ **/
-
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- *	setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
- */
-/* DOSUID:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- *	check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- *	attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- *	setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- *	It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- *	is done securely.  Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- *	the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- *	script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- *	to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- *	subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- *	file descriptor of the script to be executed.
- */
-/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW	/ **/
-/*#define DOSUID		/ **/
-
 /* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
  *	-Dusedevel, to enable development features.  This should not be
@@ -3634,7 +3442,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
- *	available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name.
+ *	available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
  */
 /*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM		/ **/
 
@@ -3775,7 +3583,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
- *	available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
+ *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
  *	(with a suffix) temporary file.
  */
 /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS		/ **/
@@ -3825,6 +3633,17 @@
  */
 /*#define	HAS_OFF64_T    		/ **/
 
+/* HAS_PRCTL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ *	available to set process title.
+ */
+/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ *	available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME		/ **/
+
 /* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
  *	This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
  *	to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
@@ -4464,7 +4283,7 @@
 /* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
  *	This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
  *	value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
- *	floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary
+ *	floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
  *	conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
  */
 /* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
@@ -4570,6 +4389,16 @@
  */
 #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 	32	/**/
 
+/* ST_INO_SIZE:
+ *	This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
+ */
+/* ST_INO_SIGN:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define ST_INO_SIGN 1	/* st_ino sign */
+#define ST_INO_SIZE 4	/* st_ino size */
+
 /* STARTPERL:
  *	This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
  *	script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
@@ -4606,8 +4435,8 @@
  *	This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
  *	the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
  */
-#define GMTIME_MAX	2147483647	/**/
-#define GMTIME_MIN	0	/**/
+#define GMTIME_MAX		2147483647	/**/
+#define GMTIME_MIN		0	/**/
 #define LOCALTIME_MAX	2147483647	/**/
 #define LOCALTIME_MIN	0	/**/
 
@@ -4700,4 +4529,203 @@
 /*#define	USE_SOCKS		/ **/
 #endif
 
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern double drand48(void);
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the lseek() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+#define	HAS_LSEEK_PROTO	/**/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ *	gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ *	getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you
+ *	have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ *	various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t		int /**/
+
+/* HAS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
+ */
+/* Time_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ *	included).
+ */
+#define HAS_TIME		/**/
+#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
+
+/* Fpos_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define	Gid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
+
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_sign	-1		/* GID sign */
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
+ *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ *	gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ *	any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Off_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t long		/* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* Pid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
+
+/* Size_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Size_t_size 4		/**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
+ *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t	 /* length parameter for string functions */
+
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+ */
+#define	Uid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
+
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_sign	-1		/* UID sign */
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
+
 #endif
diff --git a/win32/config_H.gc64 b/win32/config_H.gc64
index e1ff5bcbad..5b20a4c9ea 100644
--- a/win32/config_H.gc64
+++ b/win32/config_H.gc64
@@ -1,20 +1,16 @@
-/*
- * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
+/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
  * gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by
  * running Configure.
  *
  * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises.  Note, however,
  * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made.
  * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH.
- *
- * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $
  */
 
-/*
- * Package name      : perl5
+/* Package name      : perl5
  * Source directory  : 
- * Configuration time: Sun Jan 10 19:53:56 2010
- * Configured by     : Steve
+ * Configuration time: Thu Sep  1 13:36:38 2011
+ * Configured by     : shay
  * Target system     : 
  */
 
@@ -72,7 +68,7 @@
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available
  *	to encrypt passwords and the like.
  */
-/*#define HAS_CRYPT		/ **/
+#define HAS_CRYPT		/**/
 
 /* HAS_CTERMID:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is
@@ -910,7 +906,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_QUAD:
  *	This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type,
- *	Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
+ *	Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
  *	of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T,
  *	or QUAD_IS___INT64.
  */
@@ -932,18 +928,28 @@
 #   define QUAD_IS___INT64	5
 #endif
 
-/* OSNAME:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
  */
-/* OSVERS:
- *	This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ *	Perl has been cross-compiled to.  Undefined if not a cross-compile.
  */
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
-#define OSVERS "5.1"		/**/
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define	USE_CROSS_COMPILE	/ **/
+#define	PERL_TARGETARCH	""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
+ *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
+ *	double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
+ *	4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+ */
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+#  define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#else
+#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#endif
 
 /* ARCHLIB:
  *	This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
@@ -985,71 +991,54 @@
 #define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin"	/**/
 #define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" 		/**/
 
-/* CAT2:
- *	This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b)	a/**/b
-#undef STRINGIFY
-#define STRINGIFY(a)	"a"
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b)	a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a)	#a
-#define CAT2(a,b)	PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#undef STRINGIFY
-#define STRINGIFY(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* BYTEORDER:
+ *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
+ *	in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
+ *	If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
+ *	binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
+ *	determine the byte order.
+ *	On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
+ *	Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
+ *	The endian-ness is available at compile-time.  This only matters
+ *	for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
+ *	one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
+ *	extension.  Older versions of NeXT that might not have
+ *	defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
+ *	so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
+ *	This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
  */
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#   define CPPSTDIN "x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc -E"
-#   define CPPMINUS "-"
-#   define CPPRUN "x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc -E"
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+#  ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
+#    if LONGSIZE == 4
+#      define BYTEORDER 0x1234
+#    else
+#      if LONGSIZE == 8
+#        define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  else
+#    ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+#      if LONGSIZE == 4
+#        define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+#      else
+#        if LONGSIZE == 8
+#          define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#  if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
+#    define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+#  endif
 #else
-#   define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
-#   define CPPMINUS ""
-#   define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
-#endif
-#define CPPLAST ""
+#define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
+#endif /* NeXT */
 
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- *	(always present on UNIX.)
+/* CHARBITS:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
  */
-#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+#define CHARBITS 8		/**/
 
 /* HAS_ACCESSX:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
@@ -1070,57 +1059,34 @@
 /*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R	   / **/
 #define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from
- * one version of GCC to another.  Instead, they are defined on the basis of
- * the compiler version in <perl.h>.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
- */
-/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
- *	Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+/* CASTI32:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
  */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#   define	CASTI32		/**/
+#endif
+
+/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ *	numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
  */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+/* CASTFLAGS:
+ *	This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
+ *	has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
+ *		0 = ok
+ *		1 = couldn't cast < 0
+ *		2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
+ *		4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
  */
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT	/ **/
-/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT	/ **/
+#define	CASTNEGFLOAT		/**/
+#define CASTFLAGS 0		/**/
 
-/* HASCONST:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- *	the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
- *	within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
- *	trigger the necessary tests.
+/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
+ *	does not return a value.
  */
-#define HASCONST	/**/
-#ifndef HASCONST
-#define const
-#endif
+/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_CRYPT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
@@ -1135,17 +1101,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_CRYPT_R	   / **/
 #define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
- */
-/*#define HAS_CSH		/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH ""	/**/
-#endif
-
 /* HAS_CTERMID_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
  *	is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
@@ -1185,26 +1140,12 @@
 /*#define HAS_DRAND48_R	   / **/
 #define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern double drand48(void);
- */
-/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/ **/
-
 /* HAS_EACCESS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
  *	available to do extended access checks.
  */
 /*#define HAS_EACCESS		/ **/
 
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
  *	is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
@@ -1218,12 +1159,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
  *	is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
@@ -1237,12 +1172,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
  *	is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
@@ -1256,12 +1185,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
  *	is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
@@ -1275,12 +1198,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
  *	is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -1294,12 +1211,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
  *	is available to endservent re-entrantly.
@@ -1313,17 +1224,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- *	longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ *	in <sys/types.h>
  */
-#define	FLEXFILENAMES		/**/
+#define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Gconvert:
+ *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
+ *	emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ *	efficient.  If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ *	trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used.  If all else fails,
+ *	a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ *	macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ *	be retained, and the output buffer.
+ *	The usual values are:
+ *		d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ *		d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ *		d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ *	The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/ **/
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
 
 /* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
@@ -1364,53 +1286,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R	   / **/
 #define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- *	privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- *	to derive the host name.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
-#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME	/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
 /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
  *	is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
@@ -1450,14 +1325,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
-
 /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
  *	is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
@@ -1471,24 +1338,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R	   / **/
 #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
  *	is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
@@ -1528,41 +1377,12 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- *	available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPGRP		/ **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ *	is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ *	many memory management calls.
  */
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
@@ -1603,21 +1423,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
  *	is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -1657,12 +1462,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R	   / **/
 #define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
  *	is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
@@ -1702,14 +1501,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
-
 /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
  *	is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
@@ -1723,17 +1514,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R	   / **/
 #define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
-
 /* HAS_GMTIME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
  *	is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
@@ -1747,30 +1527,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R	   / **/
 #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the GNU C library is being used.  A better check is to use
+ *	the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
  */
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/ **/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+#   define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ *	is available.
  */
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ *	link).
  */
-#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
-#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
@@ -1798,77 +1576,11 @@
 /*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R	   / **/
 #define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- *	doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
- */
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-#   ifndef _MSC_VER
-#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12		/**/
-#   else
-#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long long.
- */
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#  define HAS_LONG_LONG		/**/
-#endif
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the lseek() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
- */
-#define	HAS_LSEEK_PROTO	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- *	to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- *	temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- *	available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- *	(and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MMAP		/ **/
-#define Mmap_t void *	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ *	argument form of open(2) is available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_MSG		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/ **/
 
 /* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
@@ -1944,17 +1656,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_READDIR_R	   / **/
 #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SEM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- *	supported.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ *	own version.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SEM		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/ **/
 
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks.  If you need to
+ *	copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ *	use memmove() instead, if available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
 
 /* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
@@ -1969,12 +1692,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
  *	is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
@@ -2001,12 +1718,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R	   / **/
 #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
  *	is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
@@ -2020,24 +1731,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- *	available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.  See also HAS_SETPGID
- *	for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP		/ **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP	/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
  *	is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
@@ -2051,12 +1744,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
  *	is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -2070,12 +1757,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
  *	is available to setservent re-entrantly.
@@ -2089,6 +1770,959 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ *	is available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
+ *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
+ *	is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R	   / **/
+#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
+ *	is available to srandom re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R	   / **/
+#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ *	to access these fields.
+ */
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
+ */
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ *	to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ *	value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ *	to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT	/ **/
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
+ *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
+ *	is available to strerror re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R	   / **/
+#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
+ *	is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R	   / **/
+#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
+ *	is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R	   / **/
+#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
+ *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+ */
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
+ *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ *	symbol.
+ */
+#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/ **/
+
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
+ */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/ **/
+
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <pthread.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/ **/
+
+/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <sys/access.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_SYS_ACCESS                / **/
+
+/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <sys/security.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/ **/
+
+/* I_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+ */
+/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
+ */
+/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
+ */
+#define I_TIME		/**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/ **/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF		/ **/
+
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
+ *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0		/ **/
+
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
+ */
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/ **/
+
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+ */
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+ */
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+ */
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+ */
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+
+/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
+ *	This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
+ *	binary to search for additional library files or modules.
+ *	These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
+ *	Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
+ *	and architecture-specific directories.  See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
+ *	for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS ""		/ **/
+
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ */
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib"		/**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
+
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ *	sizeof(char *).
+ */
+#define PTRSIZE 8		/**/
+
+/* Drand01:
+ *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
+ *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+ */
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ *	random seed function.
+ */
+/* seedDrand01:
+ *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ *	random number generator (see Drand01).
+ */
+/* RANDBITS:
+ *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+ */
+#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
+#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
+#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
+#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
+/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/ **/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_STEM:
+ *	This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
+#define SITELIB_STEM ""		/**/
+
+/* SSize_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
+ *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+ */
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#	define SSize_t long long	 /* signed count of bytes */
+#else
+#	define SSize_t __int64	 /* signed count of bytes */
+#endif
+
+/* USE_ITHREADS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
+ */
+/* USE_5005THREADS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ *	use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
+ *	Only valid up to 5.8.x.
+ */
+/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ *	be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
+ */
+/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ *	try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
+ *	This is extremely experimental.
+ */
+/*#define	USE_5005THREADS		/ **/
+/*#define	USE_ITHREADS		/ **/
+#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
+#define		USE_THREADS		/* until src is revised*/
+#endif
+/*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/ **/
+/*#define	USE_REENTRANT_API	/ **/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
+ *	If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
+ *	It may have a ~ on the front.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
+ *	architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH ""		/ **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP ""		/ **/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
+ *	This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/ **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM ""		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
+ *	C99-style static inline.  That is, the function can't be called
+ *	from another translation unit.
+ */
+/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
+ *	This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
+ *	inline functions.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
+ *	give C99-style inline.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
+ *	this will give a plain 'static'.  It will always be defined
+ *	to something that gives static linkage.
+ *	Possibilities include
+ *		static inline       (c99)
+ *		static __inline__   (gcc -ansi)
+ *		static __inline     (MSVC)
+ *		static _inline      (older MSVC)
+ *		static              (c89 compilers)
+ */
+#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE				/**/
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__	/**/
+#else
+#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline  	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* EBCDIC:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ *	EBCDIC encoding.
+ */
+/*#define	EBCDIC 		/ **/
+
+/* OSNAME:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+/* OSVERS:
+ *	This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
+#define OSVERS "5.1"		/**/
+
+/* CAT2:
+ *	This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
+ */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b)	a/**/b
+#undef STRINGIFY
+#define STRINGIFY(a)	"a"
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b)	a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a)	#a
+#define CAT2(a,b)	PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#undef STRINGIFY
+#define STRINGIFY(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+/* CPPLAST:
+ *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+ */
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#   define CPPSTDIN "x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc -E"
+#   define CPPMINUS "-"
+#   define CPPRUN "x86_64-w64-mingw32-gcc -E"
+#else
+#   define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
+#   define CPPMINUS ""
+#   define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+#endif
+#define CPPLAST ""
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ *	(always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+
+/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from
+ * one version of GCC to another.  Instead, they are defined on the basis of
+ * the compiler version in <perl.h>.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
+ */
+/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
+ *	Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+ */
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT	/ **/
+/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT	/ **/
+
+/* HASCONST:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ *	the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
+ *	within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
+ *	trigger the necessary tests.
+ */
+#define HASCONST	/**/
+#ifndef HASCONST
+#define const
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH		/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH ""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ *	setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+ */
+/* DOSUID:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ *	check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ *	attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ *	setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ *	It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ *	is done securely.  Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ *	the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ *	script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ *	to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ *	subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ *	file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW	/ **/
+/*#define DOSUID		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/ **/
+
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ *	longer than 14 characters.
+ */
+#define	FLEXFILENAMES		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ *	privileges.
+ */
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ *	to derive the host name.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
+#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME	/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their names.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ *	available to get the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPGRP		/ **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
+#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ *	doubles.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
+ */
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+#   ifndef _MSC_VER
+#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12		/**/
+#   else
+#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
+ */
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#  define HAS_LONG_LONG		/**/
+#endif
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ *	to locate characters within a C string.
+ */
+#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ *	temporary file.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ *	available to map a file into memory.
+ */
+/* Mmap_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ *	(and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MMAP		/ **/
+#define Mmap_t void *	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MSG		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ *	supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SEM		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ *	available to set the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.  See also HAS_SETPGID
+ *	for a POSIX interface.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP		/ **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/ **/
+
 /* HAS_SETVBUF:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
  *	available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
@@ -2154,40 +2788,25 @@
  *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
  *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
+/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
+ *	structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
+ *	the structure.
+ */
+/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
+ *	structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
+ */
 #define	HAS_SOCKET		/**/
 /*#define	HAS_SOCKETPAIR	/ **/
+/*#define	HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_CTRUNC	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_OOB	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_PEEK	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_PROXY	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_SCM_RIGHTS	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
- *	is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
- */
-/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
- *	It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R	   / **/
-#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
-/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
- *	is available to srandom re-entrantly.
- */
-/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
- *	It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R	   / **/
-#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+#define	HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID	/**/
 
 /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
  *	This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
@@ -2223,69 +2842,12 @@
 #define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST	/**/
 #define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
 
-/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
- *	is available to strerror re-entrantly.
- */
-/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
- *	It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R	   / **/
-#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
 /* HAS_STRTOUL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
  *	available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
  */
 #define HAS_STRTOUL	/**/
 
-/* HAS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
- */
-/* Time_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- *	included).
- */
-#define HAS_TIME		/**/
-#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
-
-/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
- *	is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
- */
-/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
- *	It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R	   / **/
-#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
-/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
- *	is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
- */
-/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
- *	It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R	   / **/
-#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
 /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
  *	defined by including <sys/sem.h>.  If not, the user code
@@ -2336,38 +2898,6 @@
 #define volatile
 #endif
 
-/* Fpos_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
-
-/* Gid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
- */
-#define	Gid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
-
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Gid_t_sign	-1		/* GID sign */
-
-/* Gid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
- *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- *	gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- *	any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
 /* I_DIRENT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *	include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
@@ -2399,12 +2929,6 @@
 /*#define I_GRP		/ **/
 /*#define GRPASSWD	/ **/
 
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/ **/
-
 /* I_NDBM:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
  *	be included.
@@ -2456,12 +2980,6 @@
  */
 /*#define I_NET_ERRNO		/ **/
 
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/ **/
-
 /* I_PWD:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *	include <pwd.h>.
@@ -2508,18 +3026,6 @@
 /*#define PWGECOS	/ **/
 /*#define PWPASSWD	/ **/
 
-/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <sys/access.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_SYS_ACCESS                / **/
-
-/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <sys/security.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/ **/
-
 /* I_SYSUIO:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
@@ -2537,36 +3043,6 @@
 #define I_STDARG		/**/
 /*#define I_VARARGS	/ **/
 
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
- *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0		/ **/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
- */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/ **/
-
-/* Off_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t long		/* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
-
 /* Free_t:
  *	This variable contains the return type of free().  It is usually
  * void, but occasionally int.
@@ -2587,65 +3063,6 @@
  */
 /*#define MYMALLOC			/ **/
 
-/* Mode_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
- *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- *	gethostbyname().
- */
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- *	getnetbyaddr().
- */
-#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
-
-/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
- *	This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
- *	binary to search for additional library files or modules.
- *	These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
- *	Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
- *	and architecture-specific directories.  See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
- *	for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS ""		/ **/
-
-/* Pid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
-
-/* PRIVLIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- */
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib"		/**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
-
 /* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
  *	If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
  *	function prototypes.
@@ -2664,14 +3081,6 @@
 #define	_(args) ()
 #endif
 
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you
- *	have select(), of course.
- */
-#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
-
 /* SH_PATH:
  *	This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
  *	on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts.  Usually, this will be
@@ -2721,152 +3130,12 @@
 #define SIG_NUM  0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0		/**/
 #define SIG_SIZE 27			/**/
 
-/* SITEARCH:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
-/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/ **/
-
-/* SITELIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* SITELIB_STEM:
- *	This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
-#define SITELIB_STEM ""		/**/
-
-/* Size_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Size_t_size 8		/**/
-
-/* Size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
- *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Size_t size_t	 /* length paramater for string functions */
-
-/* Sock_size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- *	various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
- */
-#define Sock_size_t		int /**/
-
 /* STDCHAR:
  *	This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
  *	It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
  */
 #define STDCHAR char	/**/
 
-/* Uid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define	Uid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
-
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Uid_t_sign	-1		/* UID sign */
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
-
-/* Uid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
-
-/* USE_ITHREADS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
- */
-/* USE_5005THREADS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- *	use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
- *	Only valid up to 5.8.x.
- */
-/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- *	be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
- */
-/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- *	try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
- *	This is extremely experimental.
- */
-/*#define	USE_5005THREADS		/ **/
-/*#define	USE_ITHREADS		/ **/
-#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
-#define		USE_THREADS		/* until src is revised*/
-#endif
-/*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/ **/
-/*#define	USE_REENTRANT_API	/ **/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
- *	If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
- *	It may have a ~ on the front.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
- *	architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH ""		/ **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP ""		/ **/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
- *	This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/ **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM ""		/ **/
-
 /* VOIDFLAGS:
  *	This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
  *	compiler.  What various bits mean:
@@ -2875,7 +3144,7 @@
  *	    2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
  *	    4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
  *		    addresses of void functions
- *	    8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *	    8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers
  *
  *	The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
  *	of the package.  This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
@@ -2892,467 +3161,6 @@
 #define M_VOID			/* Xenix strikes again */
 #endif
 
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
- */
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- *	Perl has been cross-compiled to.  Undefined if not a cross-compile.
- */
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define	USE_CROSS_COMPILE	/ **/
-#define	PERL_TARGETARCH	""	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
- *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
- *	double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
- *	4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
- */
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-#  define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#else
-#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#endif
-
-/* BYTEORDER:
- *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
- *	in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
- *	If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
- *	binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
- *	determine the byte order.
- *	On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
- *	Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
- *	The endian-ness is available at compile-time.  This only matters
- *	for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
- *	one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
- *	extension.  Older versions of NeXT that might not have
- *	defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
- *	so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
- *	This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
- */
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-#  ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
-#    if LONGSIZE == 4
-#      define BYTEORDER 0x1234
-#    else
-#      if LONGSIZE == 8
-#        define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  else
-#    ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
-#      if LONGSIZE == 4
-#        define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-#      else
-#        if LONGSIZE == 8
-#          define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
-#        endif
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#  if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
-#    define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-#  endif
-#else
-#define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
-#endif /* NeXT */
-
-/* CHARBITS:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define CHARBITS 8		/**/
-
-/* CASTI32:
- *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
- */
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#   define	CASTI32		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
- *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- *	numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
- */
-/* CASTFLAGS:
- *	This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
- *	has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
- *		0 = ok
- *		1 = couldn't cast < 0
- *		2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
- *		4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
- */
-#define	CASTNEGFLOAT		/**/
-#define CASTFLAGS 0		/**/
-
-/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
- *	does not return a value.
- */
-/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- *	in <sys/types.h>
- */
-#define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
-
-/* Gconvert:
- *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
- *	emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- *	efficient.  If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- *	trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used.  If all else fails,
- *	a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- *	macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- *	be retained, and the output buffer.
- *	The usual values are:
- *		d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- *		d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- *		d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- *	The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
- */
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
-
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- *	is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- *	many memory management calls.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the GNU C library is being used.  A better check is to use
- *	the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/ **/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-#   define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- *	is available.
- */
-#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
-
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- *	link).
- */
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- *	argument form of open(2) is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- *	own version.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks.  If you need to
- *	copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- *	use memmove() instead, if available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
- */
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
-
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- *	is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
- *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/* Siglongjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
- *	C99-style static inline.  That is, the function can't be called
- *	from another translation unit.
- */
-/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
- *	This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
- *	inline functions.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
- *	give C99-style inline.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
- *	this will give a plain 'static'.  It will always be defined
- *	to something that gives static linkage.
- *	Possibilities include
- *		static inline       (c99)
- *		static __inline__   (gcc -ansi)
- *		static __inline     (MSVC)
- *		static _inline      (older MSVC)
- *		static              (c89 compilers)
- */
-#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE				/**/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__	/**/
-#else
-#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline  	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- *	to access these fields.
- */
-/* FILE_ptr:
- *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
- */
-/* FILE_cnt:
- *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- *	to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- *	value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- *	to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT	/ **/
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
- *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
- */
-/* FILE_base:
- *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
- *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
- */
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
- *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- *	symbol.
- */
-#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/ **/
-
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
-
-/* I_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
- */
-/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
- */
-/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
- */
-#define I_TIME		/**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/ **/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/ **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE		/ **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF		/ **/
-
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
- */
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
- */
-/* RD_NODATA:
- *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
- */
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
- */
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
-
-/* PTRSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
- *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- *	sizeof(char *).
- */
-#define PTRSIZE 8		/**/
-
-/* Drand01:
- *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
- *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
- */
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- *	random seed function.
- */
-/* seedDrand01:
- *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- *	random number generator (see Drand01).
- */
-/* RANDBITS:
- *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
- */
-#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
-#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
-#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
-#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
-
-/* SSize_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
- *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
- */
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#	define SSize_t long long	 /* signed count of bytes */
-#else
-#	define SSize_t __int64	 /* signed count of bytes */
-#endif
-
-/* EBCDIC:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- *	EBCDIC encoding.
- */
-/*#define	EBCDIC 		/ **/
-
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- *	setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
- */
-/* DOSUID:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- *	check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- *	attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- *	setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- *	It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- *	is done securely.  Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- *	the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- *	script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- *	to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- *	subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- *	file descriptor of the script to be executed.
- */
-/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW	/ **/
-/*#define DOSUID		/ **/
-
 /* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
  *	-Dusedevel, to enable development features.  This should not be
@@ -3640,7 +3448,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
- *	available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name.
+ *	available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
  */
 /*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM		/ **/
 
@@ -3781,7 +3589,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
- *	available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
+ *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
  *	(with a suffix) temporary file.
  */
 /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS		/ **/
@@ -3831,6 +3639,17 @@
  */
 /*#define	HAS_OFF64_T    		/ **/
 
+/* HAS_PRCTL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ *	available to set process title.
+ */
+/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ *	available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME		/ **/
+
 /* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
  *	This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
  *	to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
@@ -4470,7 +4289,7 @@
 /* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
  *	This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
  *	value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
- *	floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary
+ *	floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
  *	conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
  */
 /* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
@@ -4581,6 +4400,16 @@
  */
 #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 	32	/**/
 
+/* ST_INO_SIZE:
+ *	This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
+ */
+/* ST_INO_SIGN:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define ST_INO_SIGN 1	/* st_ino sign */
+#define ST_INO_SIZE 4	/* st_ino size */
+
 /* STARTPERL:
  *	This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
  *	script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
@@ -4617,8 +4446,8 @@
  *	This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
  *	the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
  */
-#define GMTIME_MAX	2147483647	/**/
-#define GMTIME_MIN	0	/**/
+#define GMTIME_MAX		2147483647	/**/
+#define GMTIME_MIN		0	/**/
 #define LOCALTIME_MAX	2147483647	/**/
 #define LOCALTIME_MIN	0	/**/
 
@@ -4711,4 +4540,203 @@
 /*#define	USE_SOCKS		/ **/
 #endif
 
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern double drand48(void);
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the lseek() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+#define	HAS_LSEEK_PROTO	/**/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ *	gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ *	getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you
+ *	have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ *	various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t		int /**/
+
+/* HAS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
+ */
+/* Time_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ *	included).
+ */
+#define HAS_TIME		/**/
+#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
+
+/* Fpos_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define	Gid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
+
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_sign	-1		/* GID sign */
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
+ *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ *	gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ *	any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Off_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t long		/* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* Pid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
+
+/* Size_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Size_t_size 8		/**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
+ *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t	 /* length parameter for string functions */
+
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+ */
+#define	Uid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
+
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_sign	-1		/* UID sign */
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
+
 #endif
diff --git a/win32/config_H.gc64nox b/win32/config_H.gc64nox
index fc0a434b5e..732cd3fc89 100644
--- a/win32/config_H.gc64nox
+++ b/win32/config_H.gc64nox
@@ -1,20 +1,16 @@
-/*
- * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
+/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
  * gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by
  * running Configure.
  *
  * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises.  Note, however,
  * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made.
  * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH.
- *
- * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $
  */
 
-/*
- * Package name      : perl5
+/* Package name      : perl5
  * Source directory  : 
- * Configuration time: Sun Jan 10 19:53:56 2010
- * Configured by     : Steve
+ * Configuration time: Thu Sep  1 13:36:38 2011
+ * Configured by     : shay
  * Target system     : 
  */
 
@@ -72,7 +68,7 @@
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available
  *	to encrypt passwords and the like.
  */
-/*#define HAS_CRYPT		/ **/
+#define HAS_CRYPT		/**/
 
 /* HAS_CTERMID:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is
@@ -910,7 +906,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_QUAD:
  *	This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type,
- *	Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
+ *	Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
  *	of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T,
  *	or QUAD_IS___INT64.
  */
@@ -932,18 +928,28 @@
 #   define QUAD_IS___INT64	5
 #endif
 
-/* OSNAME:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
  */
-/* OSVERS:
- *	This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ *	Perl has been cross-compiled to.  Undefined if not a cross-compile.
  */
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
-#define OSVERS "5.1"		/**/
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define	USE_CROSS_COMPILE	/ **/
+#define	PERL_TARGETARCH	""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
+ *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
+ *	double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
+ *	4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+ */
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+#  define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#else
+#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#endif
 
 /* ARCHLIB:
  *	This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
@@ -985,71 +991,54 @@
 #define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin"	/**/
 #define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" 		/**/
 
-/* CAT2:
- *	This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b)	a/**/b
-#undef STRINGIFY
-#define STRINGIFY(a)	"a"
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b)	a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a)	#a
-#define CAT2(a,b)	PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#undef STRINGIFY
-#define STRINGIFY(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* BYTEORDER:
+ *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
+ *	in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
+ *	If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
+ *	binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
+ *	determine the byte order.
+ *	On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
+ *	Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
+ *	The endian-ness is available at compile-time.  This only matters
+ *	for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
+ *	one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
+ *	extension.  Older versions of NeXT that might not have
+ *	defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
+ *	so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
+ *	This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
  */
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#   define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
-#   define CPPMINUS "-"
-#   define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+#  ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
+#    if LONGSIZE == 4
+#      define BYTEORDER 0x1234
+#    else
+#      if LONGSIZE == 8
+#        define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  else
+#    ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+#      if LONGSIZE == 4
+#        define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+#      else
+#        if LONGSIZE == 8
+#          define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#  if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
+#    define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+#  endif
 #else
-#   define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
-#   define CPPMINUS ""
-#   define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
-#endif
-#define CPPLAST ""
+#define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
+#endif /* NeXT */
 
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- *	(always present on UNIX.)
+/* CHARBITS:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
  */
-#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+#define CHARBITS 8		/**/
 
 /* HAS_ACCESSX:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
@@ -1070,57 +1059,34 @@
 /*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R	   / **/
 #define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from
- * one version of GCC to another.  Instead, they are defined on the basis of
- * the compiler version in <perl.h>.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
- */
-/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
- *	Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+/* CASTI32:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
  */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#   define	CASTI32		/**/
+#endif
+
+/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ *	numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
  */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+/* CASTFLAGS:
+ *	This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
+ *	has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
+ *		0 = ok
+ *		1 = couldn't cast < 0
+ *		2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
+ *		4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
  */
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT	/ **/
-/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT	/ **/
+#define	CASTNEGFLOAT		/**/
+#define CASTFLAGS 0		/**/
 
-/* HASCONST:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- *	the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
- *	within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
- *	trigger the necessary tests.
+/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
+ *	does not return a value.
  */
-#define HASCONST	/**/
-#ifndef HASCONST
-#define const
-#endif
+/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_CRYPT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
@@ -1135,17 +1101,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_CRYPT_R	   / **/
 #define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
- */
-/*#define HAS_CSH		/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH ""	/**/
-#endif
-
 /* HAS_CTERMID_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
  *	is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
@@ -1185,26 +1140,12 @@
 /*#define HAS_DRAND48_R	   / **/
 #define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern double drand48(void);
- */
-/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/ **/
-
 /* HAS_EACCESS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
  *	available to do extended access checks.
  */
 /*#define HAS_EACCESS		/ **/
 
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
  *	is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
@@ -1218,12 +1159,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
  *	is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
@@ -1237,12 +1172,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
  *	is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
@@ -1256,12 +1185,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
  *	is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
@@ -1275,12 +1198,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
  *	is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -1294,12 +1211,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
  *	is available to endservent re-entrantly.
@@ -1313,17 +1224,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- *	longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ *	in <sys/types.h>
  */
-#define	FLEXFILENAMES		/**/
+#define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Gconvert:
+ *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
+ *	emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ *	efficient.  If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ *	trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used.  If all else fails,
+ *	a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ *	macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ *	be retained, and the output buffer.
+ *	The usual values are:
+ *		d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ *		d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ *		d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ *	The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/ **/
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
 
 /* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
@@ -1364,53 +1286,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R	   / **/
 #define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- *	privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- *	to derive the host name.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
-#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME	/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
 /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
  *	is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
@@ -1450,14 +1325,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
-
 /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
  *	is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
@@ -1471,24 +1338,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R	   / **/
 #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
  *	is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
@@ -1528,41 +1377,12 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- *	available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPGRP		/ **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ *	is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ *	many memory management calls.
  */
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
@@ -1603,21 +1423,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
  *	is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -1657,12 +1462,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R	   / **/
 #define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
  *	is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
@@ -1702,14 +1501,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
-
 /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
  *	is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
@@ -1723,17 +1514,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R	   / **/
 #define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
-
 /* HAS_GMTIME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
  *	is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
@@ -1747,30 +1527,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R	   / **/
 #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the GNU C library is being used.  A better check is to use
+ *	the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
  */
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/ **/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+#   define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ *	is available.
  */
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ *	link).
  */
-#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
-#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
@@ -1798,77 +1576,11 @@
 /*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R	   / **/
 #define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- *	doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
- */
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-#   ifndef _MSC_VER
-#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12		/**/
-#   else
-#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long long.
- */
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#  define HAS_LONG_LONG		/**/
-#endif
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the lseek() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
- */
-#define	HAS_LSEEK_PROTO	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- *	to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- *	temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- *	available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- *	(and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MMAP		/ **/
-#define Mmap_t void *	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ *	argument form of open(2) is available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_MSG		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/ **/
 
 /* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
@@ -1944,17 +1656,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_READDIR_R	   / **/
 #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SEM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- *	supported.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ *	own version.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SEM		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/ **/
 
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks.  If you need to
+ *	copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ *	use memmove() instead, if available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
 
 /* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
@@ -1969,12 +1692,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
  *	is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
@@ -2001,12 +1718,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R	   / **/
 #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
  *	is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
@@ -2020,24 +1731,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- *	available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.  See also HAS_SETPGID
- *	for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP		/ **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP	/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
  *	is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
@@ -2051,12 +1744,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
  *	is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -2070,12 +1757,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
  *	is available to setservent re-entrantly.
@@ -2089,6 +1770,959 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ *	is available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
+ *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
+ *	is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R	   / **/
+#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
+ *	is available to srandom re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R	   / **/
+#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ *	to access these fields.
+ */
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
+ */
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ *	to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ *	value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ *	to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT	/ **/
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
+ *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
+ *	is available to strerror re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R	   / **/
+#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
+ *	is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R	   / **/
+#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
+ *	is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R	   / **/
+#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
+ *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+ */
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
+ *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ *	symbol.
+ */
+#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/ **/
+
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
+ */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/ **/
+
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <pthread.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/ **/
+
+/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <sys/access.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_SYS_ACCESS                / **/
+
+/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <sys/security.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/ **/
+
+/* I_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+ */
+/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
+ */
+/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
+ */
+#define I_TIME		/**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/ **/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF		/ **/
+
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
+ *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0		/ **/
+
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
+ */
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/ **/
+
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+ */
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+ */
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+ */
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+ */
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+
+/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
+ *	This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
+ *	binary to search for additional library files or modules.
+ *	These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
+ *	Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
+ *	and architecture-specific directories.  See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
+ *	for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS ""		/ **/
+
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ */
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib"		/**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
+
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ *	sizeof(char *).
+ */
+#define PTRSIZE 8		/**/
+
+/* Drand01:
+ *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
+ *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+ */
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ *	random seed function.
+ */
+/* seedDrand01:
+ *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ *	random number generator (see Drand01).
+ */
+/* RANDBITS:
+ *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+ */
+#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
+#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
+#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
+#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
+/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/ **/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_STEM:
+ *	This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
+#define SITELIB_STEM ""		/**/
+
+/* SSize_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
+ *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+ */
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#	define SSize_t long long	 /* signed count of bytes */
+#else
+#	define SSize_t __int64	 /* signed count of bytes */
+#endif
+
+/* USE_ITHREADS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
+ */
+/* USE_5005THREADS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ *	use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
+ *	Only valid up to 5.8.x.
+ */
+/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ *	be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
+ */
+/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ *	try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
+ *	This is extremely experimental.
+ */
+/*#define	USE_5005THREADS		/ **/
+/*#define	USE_ITHREADS		/ **/
+#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
+#define		USE_THREADS		/* until src is revised*/
+#endif
+/*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/ **/
+/*#define	USE_REENTRANT_API	/ **/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
+ *	If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
+ *	It may have a ~ on the front.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
+ *	architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH ""		/ **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP ""		/ **/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
+ *	This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/ **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM ""		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
+ *	C99-style static inline.  That is, the function can't be called
+ *	from another translation unit.
+ */
+/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
+ *	This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
+ *	inline functions.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
+ *	give C99-style inline.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
+ *	this will give a plain 'static'.  It will always be defined
+ *	to something that gives static linkage.
+ *	Possibilities include
+ *		static inline       (c99)
+ *		static __inline__   (gcc -ansi)
+ *		static __inline     (MSVC)
+ *		static _inline      (older MSVC)
+ *		static              (c89 compilers)
+ */
+#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE				/**/
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__	/**/
+#else
+#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline  	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* EBCDIC:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ *	EBCDIC encoding.
+ */
+/*#define	EBCDIC 		/ **/
+
+/* OSNAME:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+/* OSVERS:
+ *	This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
+#define OSVERS "5.1"		/**/
+
+/* CAT2:
+ *	This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
+ */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b)	a/**/b
+#undef STRINGIFY
+#define STRINGIFY(a)	"a"
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b)	a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a)	#a
+#define CAT2(a,b)	PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#undef STRINGIFY
+#define STRINGIFY(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+/* CPPLAST:
+ *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+ */
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#   define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
+#   define CPPMINUS "-"
+#   define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
+#else
+#   define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
+#   define CPPMINUS ""
+#   define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+#endif
+#define CPPLAST ""
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ *	(always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+
+/* The HASATTRIBUTE_* defines are left undefined here because they vary from
+ * one version of GCC to another.  Instead, they are defined on the basis of
+ * the compiler version in <perl.h>.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
+ */
+/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
+ *	Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+ */
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT	/ **/
+/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT	/ **/
+
+/* HASCONST:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ *	the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
+ *	within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
+ *	trigger the necessary tests.
+ */
+#define HASCONST	/**/
+#ifndef HASCONST
+#define const
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH		/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH ""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ *	setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+ */
+/* DOSUID:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ *	check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ *	attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ *	setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ *	It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ *	is done securely.  Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ *	the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ *	script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ *	to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ *	subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ *	file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW	/ **/
+/*#define DOSUID		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/ **/
+
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ *	longer than 14 characters.
+ */
+#define	FLEXFILENAMES		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ *	privileges.
+ */
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ *	to derive the host name.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
+#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME	/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their names.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ *	available to get the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPGRP		/ **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
+#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ *	doubles.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
+ */
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+#   ifndef _MSC_VER
+#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12		/**/
+#   else
+#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
+ */
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+#ifndef _MSC_VER
+#  define HAS_LONG_LONG		/**/
+#endif
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ *	to locate characters within a C string.
+ */
+#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ *	temporary file.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ *	available to map a file into memory.
+ */
+/* Mmap_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ *	(and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MMAP		/ **/
+#define Mmap_t void *	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MSG		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ *	supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SEM		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ *	available to set the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.  See also HAS_SETPGID
+ *	for a POSIX interface.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP		/ **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/ **/
+
 /* HAS_SETVBUF:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
  *	available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
@@ -2154,40 +2788,25 @@
  *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
  *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
+/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
+ *	structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
+ *	the structure.
+ */
+/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
+ *	structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
+ */
 #define	HAS_SOCKET		/**/
 /*#define	HAS_SOCKETPAIR	/ **/
+/*#define	HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_CTRUNC	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_OOB	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_PEEK	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_PROXY	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_SCM_RIGHTS	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
- *	is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
- */
-/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
- *	It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R	   / **/
-#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
-/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
- *	is available to srandom re-entrantly.
- */
-/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
- *	It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R	   / **/
-#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+#define	HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID	/**/
 
 /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
  *	This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
@@ -2223,69 +2842,12 @@
 #define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST	/**/
 #define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
 
-/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
- *	is available to strerror re-entrantly.
- */
-/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
- *	It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R	   / **/
-#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
 /* HAS_STRTOUL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
  *	available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
  */
 #define HAS_STRTOUL	/**/
 
-/* HAS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
- */
-/* Time_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- *	included).
- */
-#define HAS_TIME		/**/
-#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
-
-/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
- *	is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
- */
-/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
- *	It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R	   / **/
-#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
-/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
- *	is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
- */
-/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
- *	It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R	   / **/
-#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
 /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
  *	defined by including <sys/sem.h>.  If not, the user code
@@ -2336,38 +2898,6 @@
 #define volatile
 #endif
 
-/* Fpos_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
-
-/* Gid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
- */
-#define	Gid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
-
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Gid_t_sign	-1		/* GID sign */
-
-/* Gid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
- *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- *	gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- *	any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
 /* I_DIRENT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *	include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
@@ -2399,12 +2929,6 @@
 /*#define I_GRP		/ **/
 /*#define GRPASSWD	/ **/
 
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/ **/
-
 /* I_NDBM:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
  *	be included.
@@ -2456,12 +2980,6 @@
  */
 /*#define I_NET_ERRNO		/ **/
 
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/ **/
-
 /* I_PWD:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *	include <pwd.h>.
@@ -2508,18 +3026,6 @@
 /*#define PWGECOS	/ **/
 /*#define PWPASSWD	/ **/
 
-/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <sys/access.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_SYS_ACCESS                / **/
-
-/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <sys/security.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/ **/
-
 /* I_SYSUIO:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
@@ -2537,36 +3043,6 @@
 #define I_STDARG		/**/
 /*#define I_VARARGS	/ **/
 
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
- *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0		/ **/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
- */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/ **/
-
-/* Off_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t long		/* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
-
 /* Free_t:
  *	This variable contains the return type of free().  It is usually
  * void, but occasionally int.
@@ -2587,65 +3063,6 @@
  */
 /*#define MYMALLOC			/ **/
 
-/* Mode_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
- *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- *	gethostbyname().
- */
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- *	getnetbyaddr().
- */
-#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
-
-/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
- *	This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
- *	binary to search for additional library files or modules.
- *	These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
- *	Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
- *	and architecture-specific directories.  See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
- *	for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS ""		/ **/
-
-/* Pid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
-
-/* PRIVLIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- */
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib"		/**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
-
 /* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
  *	If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
  *	function prototypes.
@@ -2664,14 +3081,6 @@
 #define	_(args) ()
 #endif
 
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you
- *	have select(), of course.
- */
-#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
-
 /* SH_PATH:
  *	This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
  *	on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts.  Usually, this will be
@@ -2721,152 +3130,12 @@
 #define SIG_NUM  0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0		/**/
 #define SIG_SIZE 27			/**/
 
-/* SITEARCH:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
-/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/ **/
-
-/* SITELIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* SITELIB_STEM:
- *	This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
-#define SITELIB_STEM ""		/**/
-
-/* Size_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Size_t_size 8		/**/
-
-/* Size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
- *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Size_t size_t	 /* length paramater for string functions */
-
-/* Sock_size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- *	various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
- */
-#define Sock_size_t		int /**/
-
 /* STDCHAR:
  *	This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
  *	It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
  */
 #define STDCHAR char	/**/
 
-/* Uid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define	Uid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
-
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Uid_t_sign	-1		/* UID sign */
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
-
-/* Uid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
-
-/* USE_ITHREADS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
- */
-/* USE_5005THREADS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- *	use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
- *	Only valid up to 5.8.x.
- */
-/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- *	be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
- */
-/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- *	try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
- *	This is extremely experimental.
- */
-/*#define	USE_5005THREADS		/ **/
-/*#define	USE_ITHREADS		/ **/
-#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
-#define		USE_THREADS		/* until src is revised*/
-#endif
-/*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/ **/
-/*#define	USE_REENTRANT_API	/ **/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
- *	If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
- *	It may have a ~ on the front.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
- *	architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH ""		/ **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP ""		/ **/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
- *	This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/ **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM ""		/ **/
-
 /* VOIDFLAGS:
  *	This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
  *	compiler.  What various bits mean:
@@ -2875,7 +3144,7 @@
  *	    2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
  *	    4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
  *		    addresses of void functions
- *	    8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *	    8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers
  *
  *	The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
  *	of the package.  This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
@@ -2892,467 +3161,6 @@
 #define M_VOID			/* Xenix strikes again */
 #endif
 
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
- */
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- *	Perl has been cross-compiled to.  Undefined if not a cross-compile.
- */
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define	USE_CROSS_COMPILE	/ **/
-#define	PERL_TARGETARCH	""	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
- *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
- *	double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
- *	4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
- */
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-#  define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#else
-#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#endif
-
-/* BYTEORDER:
- *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
- *	in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
- *	If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
- *	binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
- *	determine the byte order.
- *	On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
- *	Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
- *	The endian-ness is available at compile-time.  This only matters
- *	for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
- *	one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
- *	extension.  Older versions of NeXT that might not have
- *	defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
- *	so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
- *	This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
- */
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-#  ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
-#    if LONGSIZE == 4
-#      define BYTEORDER 0x1234
-#    else
-#      if LONGSIZE == 8
-#        define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  else
-#    ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
-#      if LONGSIZE == 4
-#        define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-#      else
-#        if LONGSIZE == 8
-#          define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
-#        endif
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#  if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
-#    define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-#  endif
-#else
-#define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
-#endif /* NeXT */
-
-/* CHARBITS:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define CHARBITS 8		/**/
-
-/* CASTI32:
- *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
- */
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#   define	CASTI32		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
- *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- *	numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
- */
-/* CASTFLAGS:
- *	This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
- *	has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
- *		0 = ok
- *		1 = couldn't cast < 0
- *		2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
- *		4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
- */
-#define	CASTNEGFLOAT		/**/
-#define CASTFLAGS 0		/**/
-
-/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
- *	does not return a value.
- */
-/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- *	in <sys/types.h>
- */
-#define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
-
-/* Gconvert:
- *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
- *	emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- *	efficient.  If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- *	trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used.  If all else fails,
- *	a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- *	macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- *	be retained, and the output buffer.
- *	The usual values are:
- *		d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- *		d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- *		d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- *	The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
- */
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
-
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- *	is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- *	many memory management calls.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the GNU C library is being used.  A better check is to use
- *	the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/ **/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-#   define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- *	is available.
- */
-#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
-
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- *	link).
- */
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- *	argument form of open(2) is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- *	own version.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks.  If you need to
- *	copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- *	use memmove() instead, if available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
- */
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
-
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- *	is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
- *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/* Siglongjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
- *	C99-style static inline.  That is, the function can't be called
- *	from another translation unit.
- */
-/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
- *	This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
- *	inline functions.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
- *	give C99-style inline.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
- *	this will give a plain 'static'.  It will always be defined
- *	to something that gives static linkage.
- *	Possibilities include
- *		static inline       (c99)
- *		static __inline__   (gcc -ansi)
- *		static __inline     (MSVC)
- *		static _inline      (older MSVC)
- *		static              (c89 compilers)
- */
-#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE				/**/
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__	/**/
-#else
-#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline  	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- *	to access these fields.
- */
-/* FILE_ptr:
- *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
- */
-/* FILE_cnt:
- *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- *	to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- *	value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- *	to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT	/ **/
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
- *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
- */
-/* FILE_base:
- *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
- *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
- */
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
- *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- *	symbol.
- */
-#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/ **/
-
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
-
-/* I_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
- */
-/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
- */
-/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
- */
-#define I_TIME		/**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/ **/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/ **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE		/ **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF		/ **/
-
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
- */
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
- */
-/* RD_NODATA:
- *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
- */
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
- */
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
-
-/* PTRSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
- *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- *	sizeof(char *).
- */
-#define PTRSIZE 8		/**/
-
-/* Drand01:
- *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
- *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
- */
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- *	random seed function.
- */
-/* seedDrand01:
- *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- *	random number generator (see Drand01).
- */
-/* RANDBITS:
- *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
- */
-#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
-#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
-#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
-#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
-
-/* SSize_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
- *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
- */
-#ifndef _MSC_VER
-#	define SSize_t long long	 /* signed count of bytes */
-#else
-#	define SSize_t __int64	 /* signed count of bytes */
-#endif
-
-/* EBCDIC:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- *	EBCDIC encoding.
- */
-/*#define	EBCDIC 		/ **/
-
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- *	setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
- */
-/* DOSUID:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- *	check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- *	attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- *	setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- *	It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- *	is done securely.  Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- *	the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- *	script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- *	to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- *	subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- *	file descriptor of the script to be executed.
- */
-/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW	/ **/
-/*#define DOSUID		/ **/
-
 /* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
  *	-Dusedevel, to enable development features.  This should not be
@@ -3640,7 +3448,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
- *	available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name.
+ *	available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
  */
 /*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM		/ **/
 
@@ -3781,7 +3589,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
- *	available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
+ *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
  *	(with a suffix) temporary file.
  */
 /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS		/ **/
@@ -3831,6 +3639,17 @@
  */
 /*#define	HAS_OFF64_T    		/ **/
 
+/* HAS_PRCTL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ *	available to set process title.
+ */
+/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ *	available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME		/ **/
+
 /* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
  *	This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
  *	to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
@@ -4470,7 +4289,7 @@
 /* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
  *	This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
  *	value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
- *	floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary
+ *	floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
  *	conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
  */
 /* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
@@ -4581,6 +4400,16 @@
  */
 #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 	32	/**/
 
+/* ST_INO_SIZE:
+ *	This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
+ */
+/* ST_INO_SIGN:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define ST_INO_SIGN 1	/* st_ino sign */
+#define ST_INO_SIZE 4	/* st_ino size */
+
 /* STARTPERL:
  *	This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
  *	script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
@@ -4617,8 +4446,8 @@
  *	This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
  *	the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
  */
-#define GMTIME_MAX	2147483647	/**/
-#define GMTIME_MIN	0	/**/
+#define GMTIME_MAX		2147483647	/**/
+#define GMTIME_MIN		0	/**/
 #define LOCALTIME_MAX	2147483647	/**/
 #define LOCALTIME_MIN	0	/**/
 
@@ -4711,4 +4540,203 @@
 /*#define	USE_SOCKS		/ **/
 #endif
 
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern double drand48(void);
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the lseek() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+#define	HAS_LSEEK_PROTO	/**/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ *	gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ *	getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you
+ *	have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ *	various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t		int /**/
+
+/* HAS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
+ */
+/* Time_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ *	included).
+ */
+#define HAS_TIME		/**/
+#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
+
+/* Fpos_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define	Gid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
+
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_sign	-1		/* GID sign */
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
+ *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ *	gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ *	any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Off_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t long		/* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* Pid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
+
+/* Size_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Size_t_size 8		/**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
+ *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t	 /* length parameter for string functions */
+
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+ */
+#define	Uid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
+
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_sign	-1		/* UID sign */
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
+
 #endif
diff --git a/win32/config_H.vc b/win32/config_H.vc
index 53889c8003..ddd93aad3e 100644
--- a/win32/config_H.vc
+++ b/win32/config_H.vc
@@ -1,20 +1,16 @@
-/*
- * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
+/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
  * gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by
  * running Configure.
  *
  * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises.  Note, however,
  * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made.
  * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH.
- *
- * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $
  */
 
-/*
- * Package name      : perl5
+/* Package name      : perl5
  * Source directory  : 
- * Configuration time: Sat Jan  9 17:22:03 2010
- * Configured by     : Steve
+ * Configuration time: Wed Aug 31 22:05:09 2011
+ * Configured by     : shay
  * Target system     : 
  */
 
@@ -72,7 +68,7 @@
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available
  *	to encrypt passwords and the like.
  */
-/*#define HAS_CRYPT		/ **/
+#define HAS_CRYPT		/**/
 
 /* HAS_CTERMID:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is
@@ -910,7 +906,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_QUAD:
  *	This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type,
- *	Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
+ *	Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpart, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one
  *	of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, QUAD_IS_INT64_T,
  *	or QUAD_IS___INT64.
  */
@@ -932,18 +928,28 @@
 #   define QUAD_IS___INT64	5
 #endif
 
-/* OSNAME:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
  */
-/* OSVERS:
- *	This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ *	Perl has been cross-compiled to.  Undefined if not a cross-compile.
  */
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
-#define OSVERS "5.1"		/**/
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define	USE_CROSS_COMPILE	/ **/
+#define	PERL_TARGETARCH	""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
+ *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
+ *	double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
+ *	4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+ */
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+#  define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#else
+#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#endif
 
 /* ARCHLIB:
  *	This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
@@ -985,69 +991,54 @@
 #define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin"	/**/
 #define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" 		/**/
 
-/* CAT2:
- *	This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b)	a/**/b
-#define STRINGIFY(a)	"a"
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b)	a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a)	#a
-#define CAT2(a,b)	PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#define STRINGIFY(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* BYTEORDER:
+ *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
+ *	in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
+ *	If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
+ *	binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
+ *	determine the byte order.
+ *	On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
+ *	Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
+ *	The endian-ness is available at compile-time.  This only matters
+ *	for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
+ *	one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
+ *	extension.  Older versions of NeXT that might not have
+ *	defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
+ *	so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
+ *	This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
  */
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-#   define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
-#   define CPPMINUS ""
-#   define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+#  ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
+#    if LONGSIZE == 4
+#      define BYTEORDER 0x1234
+#    else
+#      if LONGSIZE == 8
+#        define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  else
+#    ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+#      if LONGSIZE == 4
+#        define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+#      else
+#        if LONGSIZE == 8
+#          define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#  if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
+#    define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+#  endif
 #else
-#   define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
-#   define CPPMINUS "-"
-#   define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
-#endif
-#define CPPLAST ""
+#define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
+#endif /* NeXT */
 
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- *	(always present on UNIX.)
+/* CHARBITS:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
  */
-#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+#define CHARBITS 8		/**/
 
 /* HAS_ACCESSX:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
@@ -1068,53 +1059,34 @@
 /*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R	   / **/
 #define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
- */
-/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
- *	Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+/* CASTI32:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
  */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#   define	CASTI32		/**/
+#endif
+
+/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ *	numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
  */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+/* CASTFLAGS:
+ *	This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
+ *	has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
+ *		0 = ok
+ *		1 = couldn't cast < 0
+ *		2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
+ *		4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
  */
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT	/ **/
-/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT	/ **/
+#define	CASTNEGFLOAT		/**/
+#define CASTFLAGS 0		/**/
 
-/* HASCONST:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- *	the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
- *	within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
- *	trigger the necessary tests.
+/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
+ *	does not return a value.
  */
-#define HASCONST	/**/
-#ifndef HASCONST
-#define const
-#endif
+/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_CRYPT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
@@ -1129,17 +1101,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_CRYPT_R	   / **/
 #define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
- */
-/*#define HAS_CSH		/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH ""	/**/
-#endif
-
 /* HAS_CTERMID_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
  *	is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
@@ -1179,26 +1140,12 @@
 /*#define HAS_DRAND48_R	   / **/
 #define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern double drand48(void);
- */
-/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/ **/
-
 /* HAS_EACCESS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
  *	available to do extended access checks.
  */
 /*#define HAS_EACCESS		/ **/
 
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
  *	is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
@@ -1212,12 +1159,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
  *	is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
@@ -1231,12 +1172,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
  *	is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
@@ -1250,12 +1185,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
  *	is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
@@ -1269,12 +1198,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
  *	is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -1288,12 +1211,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
  *	is available to endservent re-entrantly.
@@ -1307,17 +1224,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- *	longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ *	in <sys/types.h>
  */
-#define	FLEXFILENAMES		/**/
+#define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Gconvert:
+ *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
+ *	emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ *	efficient.  If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ *	trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used.  If all else fails,
+ *	a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ *	macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ *	be retained, and the output buffer.
+ *	The usual values are:
+ *		d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ *		d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ *		d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ *	The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/ **/
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
 
 /* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
@@ -1358,53 +1286,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R	   / **/
 #define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- *	privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- *	to derive the host name.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
-#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME	/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
 /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
  *	is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
@@ -1444,14 +1325,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
-
 /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
  *	is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
@@ -1465,24 +1338,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R	   / **/
 #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
  *	is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
@@ -1522,41 +1377,12 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- *	available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPGRP		/ **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ *	is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ *	many memory management calls.
  */
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
@@ -1597,21 +1423,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
  *	is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -1651,12 +1462,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R	   / **/
 #define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
  *	is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
@@ -1696,14 +1501,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
-
 /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
  *	is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
@@ -1717,17 +1514,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R	   / **/
 #define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
-
 /* HAS_GMTIME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
  *	is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
@@ -1741,30 +1527,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R	   / **/
 #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the GNU C library is being used.  A better check is to use
+ *	the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
  */
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/ **/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+#   define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ *	is available.
  */
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ *	link).
  */
-#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
-#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
@@ -1792,75 +1576,11 @@
 /*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R	   / **/
 #define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- *	doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
- */
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-#   ifndef __GNUC__
-#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
-#   else
-#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12		/**/
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long long.
- */
-/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG		/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the lseek() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
- */
-#define	HAS_LSEEK_PROTO	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- *	to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- *	temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- *	available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- *	(and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MMAP		/ **/
-#define Mmap_t void *	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ *	argument form of open(2) is available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_MSG		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/ **/
 
 /* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
@@ -1936,17 +1656,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_READDIR_R	   / **/
 #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SEM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- *	supported.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ *	own version.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SEM		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/ **/
 
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks.  If you need to
+ *	copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ *	use memmove() instead, if available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
 
 /* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
@@ -1961,12 +1692,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
  *	is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
@@ -1993,12 +1718,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R	   / **/
 #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
  *	is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
@@ -2012,24 +1731,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- *	available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.  See also HAS_SETPGID
- *	for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP		/ **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP	/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
  *	is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
@@ -2043,12 +1744,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
  *	is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -2062,12 +1757,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
  *	is available to setservent re-entrantly.
@@ -2081,6 +1770,947 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ *	is available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
+ *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
+ *	is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R	   / **/
+#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
+ *	is available to srandom re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R	   / **/
+#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ *	to access these fields.
+ */
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
+ */
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ *	to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ *	value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ *	to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT	/ **/
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
+ *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
+ *	is available to strerror re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R	   / **/
+#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
+ *	is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R	   / **/
+#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
+ *	is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R	   / **/
+#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
+ *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+ */
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
+ *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ *	symbol.
+ */
+#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/ **/
+
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
+ */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/ **/
+
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <pthread.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/ **/
+
+/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <sys/access.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_SYS_ACCESS                / **/
+
+/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <sys/security.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/ **/
+
+/* I_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+ */
+/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
+ */
+/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
+ */
+#define I_TIME		/**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/ **/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF		/ **/
+
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
+ *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0		/ **/
+
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
+ */
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/ **/
+
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+ */
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+ */
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+ */
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+ */
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+
+/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
+ *	This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
+ *	binary to search for additional library files or modules.
+ *	These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
+ *	Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
+ *	and architecture-specific directories.  See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
+ *	for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS ""		/ **/
+
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ */
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib"		/**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
+
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ *	sizeof(char *).
+ */
+#define PTRSIZE 4		/**/
+
+/* Drand01:
+ *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
+ *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+ */
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ *	random seed function.
+ */
+/* seedDrand01:
+ *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ *	random number generator (see Drand01).
+ */
+/* RANDBITS:
+ *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+ */
+#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
+#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
+#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
+#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
+/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/ **/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_STEM:
+ *	This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
+#define SITELIB_STEM ""		/**/
+
+/* SSize_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
+ *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+ */
+#define SSize_t int	 /* signed count of bytes */
+
+/* USE_ITHREADS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
+ */
+/* USE_5005THREADS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ *	use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
+ *	Only valid up to 5.8.x.
+ */
+/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ *	be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
+ */
+/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ *	try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
+ *	This is extremely experimental.
+ */
+/*#define	USE_5005THREADS		/ **/
+/*#define	USE_ITHREADS		/ **/
+#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
+#define		USE_THREADS		/* until src is revised*/
+#endif
+/*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/ **/
+/*#define	USE_REENTRANT_API	/ **/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
+ *	If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
+ *	It may have a ~ on the front.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
+ *	architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH ""		/ **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP ""		/ **/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
+ *	This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/ **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM ""		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
+ *	C99-style static inline.  That is, the function can't be called
+ *	from another translation unit.
+ */
+/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
+ *	This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
+ *	inline functions.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
+ *	give C99-style inline.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
+ *	this will give a plain 'static'.  It will always be defined
+ *	to something that gives static linkage.
+ *	Possibilities include
+ *		static inline       (c99)
+ *		static __inline__   (gcc -ansi)
+ *		static __inline     (MSVC)
+ *		static _inline      (older MSVC)
+ *		static              (c89 compilers)
+ */
+#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE				/**/
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline  	/**/
+#else
+#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* EBCDIC:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ *	EBCDIC encoding.
+ */
+/*#define	EBCDIC 		/ **/
+
+/* OSNAME:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+/* OSVERS:
+ *	This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
+#define OSVERS "5.1"		/**/
+
+/* CAT2:
+ *	This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
+ */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b)	a/**/b
+#define STRINGIFY(a)	"a"
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b)	a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a)	#a
+#define CAT2(a,b)	PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#define STRINGIFY(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+/* CPPLAST:
+ *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+ */
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+#   define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
+#   define CPPMINUS ""
+#   define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+#else
+#   define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
+#   define CPPMINUS "-"
+#   define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
+#endif
+#define CPPLAST ""
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ *	(always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
+ */
+/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
+ *	Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+ */
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT	/ **/
+/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT	/ **/
+
+/* HASCONST:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ *	the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
+ *	within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
+ *	trigger the necessary tests.
+ */
+#define HASCONST	/**/
+#ifndef HASCONST
+#define const
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH		/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH ""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ *	setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+ */
+/* DOSUID:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ *	check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ *	attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ *	setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ *	It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ *	is done securely.  Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ *	the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ *	script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ *	to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ *	subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ *	file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW	/ **/
+/*#define DOSUID		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/ **/
+
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ *	longer than 14 characters.
+ */
+#define	FLEXFILENAMES		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ *	privileges.
+ */
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ *	to derive the host name.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
+#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME	/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their names.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ *	available to get the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPGRP		/ **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
+#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ *	doubles.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
+ */
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+#   ifndef __GNUC__
+#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+#   else
+#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12		/**/
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
+ */
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG		/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ *	to locate characters within a C string.
+ */
+#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ *	temporary file.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ *	available to map a file into memory.
+ */
+/* Mmap_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ *	(and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MMAP		/ **/
+#define Mmap_t void *	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MSG		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ *	supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SEM		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ *	available to set the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.  See also HAS_SETPGID
+ *	for a POSIX interface.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP		/ **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/ **/
+
 /* HAS_SETVBUF:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
  *	available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
@@ -2146,40 +2776,25 @@
  *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
  *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
+/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
+ *	structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
+ *	the structure.
+ */
+/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
+ *	structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
+ */
 #define	HAS_SOCKET		/**/
 /*#define	HAS_SOCKETPAIR	/ **/
+/*#define	HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_CTRUNC	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_OOB	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_PEEK	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_PROXY	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_SCM_RIGHTS	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
- *	is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
- */
-/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
- *	It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R	   / **/
-#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
-/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
- *	is available to srandom re-entrantly.
- */
-/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
- *	It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R	   / **/
-#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+#define	HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID	/**/
 
 /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
  *	This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
@@ -2215,69 +2830,12 @@
 #define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST	/**/
 #define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
 
-/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
- *	is available to strerror re-entrantly.
- */
-/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
- *	It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R	   / **/
-#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
 /* HAS_STRTOUL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
  *	available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
  */
 #define HAS_STRTOUL	/**/
 
-/* HAS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
- */
-/* Time_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- *	included).
- */
-#define HAS_TIME		/**/
-#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
-
-/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
- *	is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
- */
-/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
- *	It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R	   / **/
-#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
-/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
- *	is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
- */
-/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
- *	It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R	   / **/
-#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
 /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
  *	defined by including <sys/sem.h>.  If not, the user code
@@ -2328,38 +2886,6 @@
 #define volatile
 #endif
 
-/* Fpos_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
-
-/* Gid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
- */
-#define	Gid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
-
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Gid_t_sign	-1		/* GID sign */
-
-/* Gid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
- *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- *	gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- *	any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
 /* I_DIRENT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *	include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
@@ -2391,12 +2917,6 @@
 /*#define I_GRP		/ **/
 /*#define GRPASSWD	/ **/
 
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/ **/
-
 /* I_NDBM:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
  *	be included.
@@ -2448,12 +2968,6 @@
  */
 /*#define I_NET_ERRNO		/ **/
 
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/ **/
-
 /* I_PWD:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *	include <pwd.h>.
@@ -2500,18 +3014,6 @@
 /*#define PWGECOS	/ **/
 /*#define PWPASSWD	/ **/
 
-/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <sys/access.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_SYS_ACCESS                / **/
-
-/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <sys/security.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/ **/
-
 /* I_SYSUIO:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
@@ -2529,36 +3031,6 @@
 #define I_STDARG		/**/
 /*#define I_VARARGS	/ **/
 
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
- *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0		/ **/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
- */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/ **/
-
-/* Off_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t long		/* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
-
 /* Free_t:
  *	This variable contains the return type of free().  It is usually
  * void, but occasionally int.
@@ -2579,65 +3051,6 @@
  */
 /*#define MYMALLOC			/ **/
 
-/* Mode_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
- *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- *	gethostbyname().
- */
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- *	getnetbyaddr().
- */
-#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
-
-/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
- *	This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
- *	binary to search for additional library files or modules.
- *	These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
- *	Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
- *	and architecture-specific directories.  See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
- *	for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS ""		/ **/
-
-/* Pid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
-
-/* PRIVLIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- */
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib"		/**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
-
 /* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
  *	If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
  *	function prototypes.
@@ -2656,14 +3069,6 @@
 #define	_(args) ()
 #endif
 
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you
- *	have select(), of course.
- */
-#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
-
 /* SH_PATH:
  *	This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
  *	on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts.  Usually, this will be
@@ -2713,152 +3118,12 @@
 #define SIG_NUM  0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0		/**/
 #define SIG_SIZE 27			/**/
 
-/* SITEARCH:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
-/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/ **/
-
-/* SITELIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* SITELIB_STEM:
- *	This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
-#define SITELIB_STEM ""		/**/
-
-/* Size_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Size_t_size 4		/**/
-
-/* Size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
- *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Size_t size_t	 /* length paramater for string functions */
-
-/* Sock_size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- *	various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
- */
-#define Sock_size_t		int /**/
-
 /* STDCHAR:
  *	This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
  *	It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
  */
 #define STDCHAR char	/**/
 
-/* Uid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define	Uid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
-
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Uid_t_sign	-1		/* UID sign */
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
-
-/* Uid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
-
-/* USE_ITHREADS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
- */
-/* USE_5005THREADS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- *	use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
- *	Only valid up to 5.8.x.
- */
-/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- *	be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
- */
-/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- *	try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
- *	This is extremely experimental.
- */
-/*#define	USE_5005THREADS		/ **/
-/*#define	USE_ITHREADS		/ **/
-#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
-#define		USE_THREADS		/* until src is revised*/
-#endif
-/*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/ **/
-/*#define	USE_REENTRANT_API	/ **/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
- *	If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
- *	It may have a ~ on the front.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
- *	architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH ""		/ **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP ""		/ **/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
- *	This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/ **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM ""		/ **/
-
 /* VOIDFLAGS:
  *	This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
  *	compiler.  What various bits mean:
@@ -2867,7 +3132,7 @@
  *	    2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
  *	    4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
  *		    addresses of void functions
- *	    8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *	    8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers
  *
  *	The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
  *	of the package.  This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
@@ -2884,463 +3149,6 @@
 #define M_VOID			/* Xenix strikes again */
 #endif
 
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
- */
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- *	Perl has been cross-compiled to.  Undefined if not a cross-compile.
- */
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define	USE_CROSS_COMPILE	/ **/
-#define	PERL_TARGETARCH	""	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
- *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
- *	double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
- *	4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
- */
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-#  define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#else
-#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#endif
-
-/* BYTEORDER:
- *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
- *	in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
- *	If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
- *	binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
- *	determine the byte order.
- *	On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
- *	Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
- *	The endian-ness is available at compile-time.  This only matters
- *	for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
- *	one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
- *	extension.  Older versions of NeXT that might not have
- *	defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
- *	so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
- *	This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
- */
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-#  ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
-#    if LONGSIZE == 4
-#      define BYTEORDER 0x1234
-#    else
-#      if LONGSIZE == 8
-#        define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  else
-#    ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
-#      if LONGSIZE == 4
-#        define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-#      else
-#        if LONGSIZE == 8
-#          define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
-#        endif
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#  if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
-#    define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-#  endif
-#else
-#define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
-#endif /* NeXT */
-
-/* CHARBITS:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define CHARBITS 8		/**/
-
-/* CASTI32:
- *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
- */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#   define	CASTI32		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
- *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- *	numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
- */
-/* CASTFLAGS:
- *	This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
- *	has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
- *		0 = ok
- *		1 = couldn't cast < 0
- *		2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
- *		4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
- */
-#define	CASTNEGFLOAT		/**/
-#define CASTFLAGS 0		/**/
-
-/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
- *	does not return a value.
- */
-/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- *	in <sys/types.h>
- */
-#define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
-
-/* Gconvert:
- *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
- *	emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- *	efficient.  If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- *	trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used.  If all else fails,
- *	a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- *	macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- *	be retained, and the output buffer.
- *	The usual values are:
- *		d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- *		d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- *		d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- *	The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
- */
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
-
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- *	is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- *	many memory management calls.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the GNU C library is being used.  A better check is to use
- *	the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/ **/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-#   define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- *	is available.
- */
-#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
-
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- *	link).
- */
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- *	argument form of open(2) is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- *	own version.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks.  If you need to
- *	copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- *	use memmove() instead, if available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
- */
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
-
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- *	is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
- *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/* Siglongjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
- *	C99-style static inline.  That is, the function can't be called
- *	from another translation unit.
- */
-/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
- *	This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
- *	inline functions.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
- *	give C99-style inline.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
- *	this will give a plain 'static'.  It will always be defined
- *	to something that gives static linkage.
- *	Possibilities include
- *		static inline       (c99)
- *		static __inline__   (gcc -ansi)
- *		static __inline     (MSVC)
- *		static _inline      (older MSVC)
- *		static              (c89 compilers)
- */
-#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE				/**/
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline  	/**/
-#else
-#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- *	to access these fields.
- */
-/* FILE_ptr:
- *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
- */
-/* FILE_cnt:
- *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- *	to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- *	value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- *	to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT	/ **/
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
- *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
- */
-/* FILE_base:
- *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
- *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
- */
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
- *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- *	symbol.
- */
-#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/ **/
-
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
-
-/* I_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
- */
-/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
- */
-/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
- */
-#define I_TIME		/**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/ **/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/ **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE		/ **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF		/ **/
-
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
- */
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
- */
-/* RD_NODATA:
- *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
- */
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
- */
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
-
-/* PTRSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
- *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- *	sizeof(char *).
- */
-#define PTRSIZE 4		/**/
-
-/* Drand01:
- *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
- *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
- */
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- *	random seed function.
- */
-/* seedDrand01:
- *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- *	random number generator (see Drand01).
- */
-/* RANDBITS:
- *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
- */
-#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
-#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
-#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
-#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
-
-/* SSize_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
- *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
- */
-#define SSize_t int	 /* signed count of bytes */
-
-/* EBCDIC:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- *	EBCDIC encoding.
- */
-/*#define	EBCDIC 		/ **/
-
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- *	setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
- */
-/* DOSUID:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- *	check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- *	attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- *	setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- *	It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- *	is done securely.  Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- *	the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- *	script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- *	to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- *	subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- *	file descriptor of the script to be executed.
- */
-/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW	/ **/
-/*#define DOSUID		/ **/
-
 /* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
  *	-Dusedevel, to enable development features.  This should not be
@@ -3628,7 +3436,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
- *	available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name.
+ *	available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
  */
 /*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM		/ **/
 
@@ -3769,7 +3577,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
- *	available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
+ *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
  *	(with a suffix) temporary file.
  */
 /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS		/ **/
@@ -3819,6 +3627,17 @@
  */
 /*#define	HAS_OFF64_T    		/ **/
 
+/* HAS_PRCTL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ *	available to set process title.
+ */
+/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ *	available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME		/ **/
+
 /* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
  *	This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
  *	to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
@@ -4458,7 +4277,7 @@
 /* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
  *	This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
  *	value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
- *	floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary
+ *	floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
  *	conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
  */
 /* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
@@ -4564,6 +4383,16 @@
  */
 #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 	32	/**/
 
+/* ST_INO_SIZE:
+ *	This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
+ */
+/* ST_INO_SIGN:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define ST_INO_SIGN 1	/* st_ino sign */
+#define ST_INO_SIZE 4	/* st_ino size */
+
 /* STARTPERL:
  *	This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
  *	script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
@@ -4600,8 +4429,8 @@
  *	This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
  *	the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
  */
-#define GMTIME_MAX	2147483647	/**/
-#define GMTIME_MIN	0	/**/
+#define GMTIME_MAX		2147483647	/**/
+#define GMTIME_MIN		0	/**/
 #define LOCALTIME_MAX	2147483647	/**/
 #define LOCALTIME_MIN	0	/**/
 
@@ -4694,4 +4523,203 @@
 /*#define	USE_SOCKS		/ **/
 #endif
 
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern double drand48(void);
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the lseek() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+#define	HAS_LSEEK_PROTO	/**/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ *	gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ *	getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you
+ *	have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ *	various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t		int /**/
+
+/* HAS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
+ */
+/* Time_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ *	included).
+ */
+#define HAS_TIME		/**/
+#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
+
+/* Fpos_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define	Gid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
+
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_sign	-1		/* GID sign */
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
+ *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ *	gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ *	any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Off_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t long		/* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* Pid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
+
+/* Size_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Size_t_size 4		/**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
+ *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t	 /* length parameter for string functions */
+
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+ */
+#define	Uid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
+
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_sign	-1		/* UID sign */
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
+
 #endif
diff --git a/win32/config_H.vc64 b/win32/config_H.vc64
index cb031c412c..0c015a44e7 100644
--- a/win32/config_H.vc64
+++ b/win32/config_H.vc64
@@ -1,20 +1,16 @@
-/*
- * This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
+/* This file was produced by running the config_h.SH script, which
  * gets its values from undef, which is generally produced by
  * running Configure.
  *
  * Feel free to modify any of this as the need arises.  Note, however,
  * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made.
  * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH.
- *
- * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $
  */
 
-/*
- * Package name      : perl5
+/* Package name      : perl5
  * Source directory  : 
- * Configuration time: Sat Jan  9 17:22:03 2010
- * Configured by     : Steve
+ * Configuration time: Wed Aug 31 22:05:09 2011
+ * Configured by     : shay
  * Target system     : 
  */
 
@@ -72,7 +68,7 @@
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available
  *	to encrypt passwords and the like.
  */
-/*#define HAS_CRYPT		/ **/
+#define HAS_CRYPT		/**/
 
 /* HAS_CTERMID:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is
@@ -932,18 +928,28 @@
 #   define QUAD_IS___INT64	5
 #endif
 
-/* OSNAME:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
  */
-/* OSVERS:
- *	This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
- *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
- *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
+ *	Perl has been cross-compiled to.  Undefined if not a cross-compile.
  */
-#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
-#define OSVERS "5.1"		/**/
+#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
+/*#define	USE_CROSS_COMPILE	/ **/
+#define	PERL_TARGETARCH	""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
+ *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
+ *	double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
+ *	4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
+ */
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+#  define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#else
+#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
+#endif
 
 /* ARCHLIB:
  *	This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in
@@ -985,69 +991,54 @@
 #define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin"	/**/
 #define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" 		/**/
 
-/* CAT2:
- *	This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
- */
-/* STRINGIFY:
- *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
- */
-#if 42 == 1
-#define CAT2(a,b)	a/**/b
-#define STRINGIFY(a)	"a"
-#endif
-#if 42 == 42
-#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b)	a ## b
-#define PeRl_StGiFy(a)	#a
-#define CAT2(a,b)	PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
-#define StGiFy(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#define STRINGIFY(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
-#endif
-#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
-#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
-#endif
-
-/* CPPSTDIN:
- *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
- *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
- */
-/* CPPMINUS:
- *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
- *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
- *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
- *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
- */
-/* CPPRUN:
- *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
- *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
- *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
- *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
- *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
- *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
- *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
- */
-/* CPPLAST:
- *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
- *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+/* BYTEORDER:
+ *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
+ *	in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
+ *	If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
+ *	binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
+ *	determine the byte order.
+ *	On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
+ *	Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
+ *	The endian-ness is available at compile-time.  This only matters
+ *	for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
+ *	one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
+ *	extension.  Older versions of NeXT that might not have
+ *	defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
+ *	so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
+ *	This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
  */
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-#   define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
-#   define CPPMINUS ""
-#   define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
+#  ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
+#    if LONGSIZE == 4
+#      define BYTEORDER 0x1234
+#    else
+#      if LONGSIZE == 8
+#        define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  else
+#    ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
+#      if LONGSIZE == 4
+#        define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+#      else
+#        if LONGSIZE == 8
+#          define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
+#        endif
+#      endif
+#    endif
+#  endif
+#  if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
+#    define BYTEORDER 0x4321
+#  endif
 #else
-#   define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
-#   define CPPMINUS "-"
-#   define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
-#endif
-#define CPPLAST ""
+#define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
+#endif /* NeXT */
 
-/* HAS_ACCESS:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
- *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
- *	(always present on UNIX.)
+/* CHARBITS:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
  */
-#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+#define CHARBITS 8		/**/
 
 /* HAS_ACCESSX:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is
@@ -1068,53 +1059,34 @@
 /*#define HAS_ASCTIME_R	   / **/
 #define ASCTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
- */
-/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
- *	Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
- */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+/* CASTI32:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
  */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#   define	CASTI32		/**/
+#endif
+
+/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
+ *	numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
  */
-/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
- *	Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+/* CASTFLAGS:
+ *	This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
+ *	has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
+ *		0 = ok
+ *		1 = couldn't cast < 0
+ *		2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
+ *		4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
  */
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT	/ **/
-/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED	/ **/
-/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT	/ **/
+#define	CASTNEGFLOAT		/**/
+#define CASTFLAGS 0		/**/
 
-/* HASCONST:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
- *	the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
- *	within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
- *	trigger the necessary tests.
+/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
+ *	does not return a value.
  */
-#define HASCONST	/**/
-#ifndef HASCONST
-#define const
-#endif
+/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_CRYPT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine
@@ -1129,17 +1101,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_CRYPT_R	   / **/
 #define CRYPT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
- */
-/* CSH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
- */
-/*#define HAS_CSH		/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_CSH
-#define CSH ""	/**/
-#endif
-
 /* HAS_CTERMID_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid_r routine
  *	is available to ctermid re-entrantly.
@@ -1179,26 +1140,12 @@
 /*#define HAS_DRAND48_R	   / **/
 #define DRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern double drand48(void);
- */
-/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/ **/
-
 /* HAS_EACCESS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is
  *	available to do extended access checks.
  */
 /*#define HAS_EACCESS		/ **/
 
-/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endgrent_r routine
  *	is available to endgrent re-entrantly.
@@ -1212,12 +1159,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDGRENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent_r routine
  *	is available to endhostent re-entrantly.
@@ -1231,12 +1172,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDNETENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent_r routine
  *	is available to endnetent re-entrantly.
@@ -1250,12 +1185,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent_r routine
  *	is available to endprotoent re-entrantly.
@@ -1269,12 +1198,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endpwent_r routine
  *	is available to endpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -1288,12 +1211,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDPWENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
- *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
- */
-/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_ENDSERVENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent_r routine
  *	is available to endservent re-entrantly.
@@ -1307,17 +1224,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* FLEXFILENAMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
- *	longer than 14 characters.
+/* HAS_FD_SET:
+ *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
+ *	in <sys/types.h>
  */
-#define	FLEXFILENAMES		/**/
+#define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
 
-/* HAS_GETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+/* Gconvert:
+ *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
+ *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
+ *	emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
+ *	efficient.  If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
+ *	trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used.  If all else fails,
+ *	a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
+ *	macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
+ *	be retained, and the output buffer.
+ *	The usual values are:
+ *		d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
+ *		d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
+ *		d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
+ *	The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
  */
-/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/ **/
+#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
 
 /* HAS_GETGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine
@@ -1358,53 +1286,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R	   / **/
 #define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
- *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* HAS_UNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and PHOSTNAME.
- */
-/* PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
- *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
- *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
- *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
- *	privileges.
- */
-/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
- *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
- *	to derive the host name.
- */
-#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
-#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
-/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME	/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
-#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
-#endif
-
 /* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr_r routine
  *	is available to gethostbyaddr re-entrantly.
@@ -1444,14 +1325,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
- *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
-
 /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine
  *	is available to getlogin re-entrantly.
@@ -1465,24 +1338,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R	   / **/
 #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
- *	available to look up networks by their names.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
- *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr_r routine
  *	is available to getnetbyaddr re-entrantly.
@@ -1522,41 +1377,12 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
- *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
- *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
- *	available to get the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
- *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPGRP		/ **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
- *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
+ *	is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
+ *	many memory management calls.
  */
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
+/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname_r routine
@@ -1597,21 +1423,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
- *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
-
-/* HAS_GETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
- *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
- *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent_r routine
  *	is available to getpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -1651,12 +1462,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETPWUID_R	   / **/
 #define GETPWUID_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
- *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname_r routine
  *	is available to getservbyname re-entrantly.
@@ -1696,14 +1501,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define GETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
- *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
- *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
- *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
- */
-#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
-
 /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine
  *	is available to getspnam re-entrantly.
@@ -1717,17 +1514,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_GETSPNAM_R	   / **/
 #define GETSPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
- */
-/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
- *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
- */
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
-#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
-
 /* HAS_GMTIME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gmtime_r routine
  *	is available to gmtime re-entrantly.
@@ -1741,30 +1527,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R	   / **/
 #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_HTONL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
- *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
- */
-/* HAS_HTONS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+/* HAS_GNULIBC:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the GNU C library is being used.  A better check is to use
+ *	the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
  */
-/* HAS_NTOHL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/ **/
+#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
+#   define _GNU_SOURCE
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_ISASCII:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
+ *	is available.
  */
-/* HAS_NTOHS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
- *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
- *	order byte swapping.
+#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LCHOWN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
+ *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
+ *	link).
  */
-#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
-#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
-#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
+/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/ **/
 
 /* HAS_LOCALTIME_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine
@@ -1792,77 +1576,11 @@
 /*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R	   / **/
 #define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
- *	doubles.
- */
-/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
- */
-#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
-#   ifndef __GNUC__
-#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
-#   else
-#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12		/**/
-#   endif
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
- *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
- */
-/* LONGLONGSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
- *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
- *	defined if the system supports long long.
- */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#  define HAS_LONG_LONG		/**/
-#endif
-#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
-#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
- *	a prototype for the lseek() function.  Otherwise, it is up
- *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
- *		extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
- */
-#define	HAS_LSEEK_PROTO	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MEMCHR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
- *	to locate characters within a C string.
- */
-#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
- *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
- *	temporary file.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_MMAP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
- *	available to map a file into memory.
- */
-/* Mmap_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
- *	(and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
- *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
- */
-/*#define HAS_MMAP		/ **/
-#define Mmap_t void *	/**/
-
-/* HAS_MSG:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
- *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+/* HAS_OPEN3:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
+ *	argument form of open(2) is available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_MSG		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/ **/
 
 /* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread
@@ -1938,17 +1656,28 @@
 /*#define HAS_READDIR_R	   / **/
 #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SEM:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
- *	supported.
+/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
+ *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
+ *	own version.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SEM		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/ **/
 
-/* HAS_SETGRENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
+ *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks.  If you need to
+ *	copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
+ *	use memmove() instead, if available.
  */
-/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
+ *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
+ *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
+ */
+#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
 
 /* HAS_SETGRENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent_r routine
@@ -1963,12 +1692,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETGRENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETGRENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETHOSTENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent_r routine
  *	is available to sethostent re-entrantly.
@@ -1995,12 +1718,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETLOCALE_R	   / **/
 #define SETLOCALE_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETNETENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETNETENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent_r routine
  *	is available to setnetent re-entrantly.
@@ -2014,24 +1731,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETNETENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETNETENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
- *	available to set the current process group.
- */
-/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
- *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.  See also HAS_SETPGID
- *	for a POSIX interface.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPGRP		/ **/
-/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP	/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine
  *	is available to setprotoent re-entrantly.
@@ -2045,12 +1744,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETPROTOENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETPWENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
- *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETPWENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent_r routine
  *	is available to setpwent re-entrantly.
@@ -2064,12 +1757,6 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETPWENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETPWENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
-/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
- *	available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/ **/
-
 /* HAS_SETSERVENT_R:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent_r routine
  *	is available to setservent re-entrantly.
@@ -2083,6 +1770,953 @@
 /*#define HAS_SETSERVENT_R	   / **/
 #define SETSERVENT_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
 
+/* HAS_SIGACTION:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
+ *	is available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
+ *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
+ *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
+ *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
+ *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
+ *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigjmp_buf:
+ *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
+ */
+/* Sigsetjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/* Siglongjmp:
+ *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
+ *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
+ *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
+#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
+#else
+#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
+#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
+#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
+ *	is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R	   / **/
+#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
+ *	is available to srandom re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R	   / **/
+#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
+ *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
+ *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
+ *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
+ *	to access these fields.
+ */
+/* FILE_ptr:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
+ */
+/* FILE_cnt:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
+ */
+/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
+ *	lvalue.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ *	to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
+ *	value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
+ */
+/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
+ *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
+ *	to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
+#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
+#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
+#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
+/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT	/ **/
+#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
+ *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
+ *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
+ *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
+ *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
+ *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
+ *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
+ *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
+ */
+/* FILE_base:
+ *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
+ *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
+ *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+/* FILE_bufsiz:
+ *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
+ *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
+ *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
+ *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
+ */
+#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
+#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
+#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
+#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
+ *	is available to strerror re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R	   / **/
+#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
+ *	is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R	   / **/
+#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
+ *	is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
+ */
+/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
+ *	It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
+ *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
+ *	is defined.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R	   / **/
+#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+
+/* HAS_VPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
+ *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
+ *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
+ */
+/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
+ *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
+ *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
+ *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
+ *	symbol.
+ */
+#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
+/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/ **/
+
+/* DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.
+ */
+#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+
+/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/ **/
+
+/* I_PTHREAD:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <pthread.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/ **/
+
+/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <sys/access.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_SYS_ACCESS                / **/
+
+/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *     include <sys/security.h>.
+ */
+/*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/ **/
+
+/* I_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h>.
+ */
+/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
+ *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
+ */
+/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
+ */
+/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
+ *	the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
+ */
+#define I_TIME		/**/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/ **/
+/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF		/ **/
+
+/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
+ *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
+ *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
+ *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
+ *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
+ *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0		/ **/
+
+/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
+ * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
+ */
+/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/ **/
+
+/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
+ *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
+ *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
+ *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
+ *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
+ */
+/* VAL_EAGAIN:
+ *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
+ *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
+ */
+/* RD_NODATA:
+ *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
+ *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
+ *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
+ *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
+ */
+/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
+ *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
+ *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
+ */
+#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
+#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
+#define RD_NODATA -1
+#define EOF_NONBLOCK
+
+/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
+ *	This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
+ *	binary to search for additional library files or modules.
+ *	These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
+ *	Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
+ *	and architecture-specific directories.  See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
+ *	for more details.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS ""		/ **/
+
+/* PRIVLIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ */
+/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib"		/**/
+#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
+
+/* PTRSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
+ *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
+ *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
+ *	sizeof(char *).
+ */
+#define PTRSIZE 8		/**/
+
+/* Drand01:
+ *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
+ *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
+ *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
+ *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
+ *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
+ */
+/* Rand_seed_t:
+ *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
+ *	random seed function.
+ */
+/* seedDrand01:
+ *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
+ *	random number generator (see Drand01).
+ */
+/* RANDBITS:
+ *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
+ *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
+ *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
+ */
+#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
+#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
+#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
+#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
+
+/* SITEARCH:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITEARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
+/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/ **/
+
+/* SITELIB:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
+ *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
+ *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* SITELIB_STEM:
+ *	This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
+#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
+#define SITELIB_STEM ""		/**/
+
+/* SSize_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
+ *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
+ *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
+ *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
+ */
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+#	define SSize_t __int64	 /* signed count of bytes */
+#else
+#	define SSize_t long long	 /* signed count of bytes */
+#endif
+
+/* USE_ITHREADS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
+ */
+/* USE_5005THREADS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
+ *	use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
+ *	Only valid up to 5.8.x.
+ */
+/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ *	be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
+ */
+/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
+ *	try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
+ *	This is extremely experimental.
+ */
+/*#define	USE_5005THREADS		/ **/
+/*#define	USE_ITHREADS		/ **/
+#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
+#define		USE_THREADS		/* until src is revised*/
+#endif
+/*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/ **/
+/*#define	USE_REENTRANT_API	/ **/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
+ *	If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
+ *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
+ *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
+ *	It may have a ~ on the front.
+ *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
+ *	Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
+ *	architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
+ *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
+ *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH ""		/ **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP ""		/ **/
+
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
+ *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
+ *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
+ */
+/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
+ *	This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
+ *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
+ *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
+ */
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/ **/
+/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM ""		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
+ *	C99-style static inline.  That is, the function can't be called
+ *	from another translation unit.
+ */
+/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
+ *	This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
+ *	inline functions.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
+ *	give C99-style inline.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
+ *	this will give a plain 'static'.  It will always be defined
+ *	to something that gives static linkage.
+ *	Possibilities include
+ *		static inline       (c99)
+ *		static __inline__   (gcc -ansi)
+ *		static __inline     (MSVC)
+ *		static _inline      (older MSVC)
+ *		static              (c89 compilers)
+ */
+#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE				/**/
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline  	/**/
+#else
+#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* EBCDIC:
+ *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
+ *	EBCDIC encoding.
+ */
+/*#define	EBCDIC 		/ **/
+
+/* OSNAME:
+ *	This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+/* OSVERS:
+ *	This symbol contains the version of the operating system, as determined
+ *	by Configure.  You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific
+ *	feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable.
+ */
+#define OSNAME "MSWin32"		/**/
+#define OSVERS "5.1"		/**/
+
+/* CAT2:
+ *	This macro concatenates 2 tokens together.
+ */
+/* STRINGIFY:
+ *	This macro surrounds its token with double quotes.
+ */
+#if 42 == 1
+#define CAT2(a,b)	a/**/b
+#define STRINGIFY(a)	"a"
+#endif
+#if 42 == 42
+#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b)	a ## b
+#define PeRl_StGiFy(a)	#a
+#define CAT2(a,b)	PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b)
+#define StGiFy(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#define STRINGIFY(a)	PeRl_StGiFy(a)
+#endif
+#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42
+#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?"
+#endif
+
+/* CPPSTDIN:
+ *	This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.	 Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also
+ *	call a wrapper. See CPPRUN.
+ */
+/* CPPMINUS:
+ *	This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke
+ *	the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard
+ *	output.  This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus
+ *	to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "".
+ */
+/* CPPRUN:
+ *	This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on
+ *	the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end
+ *	with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified.
+ *	The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a
+ *	pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is
+ *	available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from
+ *	the preprocessor used to compile the C program.
+ */
+/* CPPLAST:
+ *	This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner
+ *	symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "".
+ */
+#ifndef __GNUC__
+#   define CPPSTDIN "cppstdin"
+#   define CPPMINUS ""
+#   define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E"
+#else
+#   define CPPSTDIN "gcc -E"
+#   define CPPMINUS "-"
+#   define CPPRUN "gcc -E"
+#endif
+#define CPPLAST ""
+
+/* HAS_ACCESS:
+ *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access()
+ *	system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID.
+ *	(always present on UNIX.)
+ */
+#define HAS_ACCESS		/**/
+
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for checking printf-style formats
+ */
+/* PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK:
+ *	Allows __printf__ format to be null when checking printf-style
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for malloc-style functions.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for nonnull function parms.
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for functions that do not return
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_PURE:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for pure functions
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for unused variables and arguments
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for marking deprecated APIs
+ */
+/* HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT:
+ *	Can we handle GCC attribute for warning on unused results
+ */
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_DEPRECATED	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT	/ **/
+/*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED	/ **/
+/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT	/ **/
+
+/* HASCONST:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about
+ *	the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol
+ *	within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will
+ *	trigger the necessary tests.
+ */
+#define HASCONST	/**/
+#ifndef HASCONST
+#define const
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists.
+ */
+/* CSH:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_CSH		/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_CSH
+#define CSH ""	/**/
+#endif
+
+/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
+ *	setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
+ */
+/* DOSUID:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
+ *	check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
+ *	attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
+ *	setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
+ *	It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
+ *	is done securely.  Among other things, it should do an fstat on
+ *	the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
+ *	script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
+ *	to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
+ *	subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
+ *	file descriptor of the script to be executed.
+ */
+/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW	/ **/
+/*#define DOSUID		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for host queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for network queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_ENDSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is
+ *	available to close whatever was being used for service queries.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT		/ **/
+
+/* FLEXFILENAMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames
+ *	longer than 14 characters.
+ */
+#define	FLEXFILENAMES		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up hosts by their IP addresses.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or other.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is
+ *	available to look up host names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	gethostname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_UNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* HAS_UNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	uname() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and PHOSTNAME.
+ */
+/* PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the
+ *	popen() routine to derive the host name.  See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME
+ *	and HAS_UNAME.	Note that the command uses a fully qualified path,
+ *	so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user
+ *	privileges.
+ */
+/* HAS_PHOSTNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the
+ *	contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine
+ *	to derive the host name.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME	/**/
+#define HAS_UNAME		/**/
+/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME	/ **/
+#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME
+#define PHOSTNAME ""	/* How to get the host name */
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their IP addresses.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is
+ *	available to look up networks by their names.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network names in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is
+ *	available to look up protocols in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is
+ *	available to get the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_GETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one
+ *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPGRP		/ **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber()
+ *	routine is available to look up protocols by their number.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER		/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is
+ *	available for sequential access of the passwd database.
+ *	If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is
+ *	available to look up network services in some data base or another.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_GETSERVENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their name.
+ */
+/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport()
+ *	routine is available to look up services by their port.
+ */
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME		/**/
+#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT		/**/
+
+/* HAS_HTONL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and
+ *	friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_HTONS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+/* HAS_NTOHS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and
+ *	friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network
+ *	order byte swapping.
+ */
+#define HAS_HTONL		/**/
+#define HAS_HTONS		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHL		/**/
+#define HAS_NTOHS		/**/
+
+/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long
+ *	doubles.
+ */
+/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long doubles.
+ */
+#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE		/**/
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE
+#   ifndef __GNUC__
+#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
+#   else
+#	define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 12		/**/
+#   endif
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_LONG_LONG:
+ *	This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long.
+ */
+/* LONGLONGSIZE:
+ *	This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the
+ *	C preprocessor can make decisions based on it.  It is only
+ *	defined if the system supports long long.
+ */
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#  define HAS_LONG_LONG		/**/
+#endif
+#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG
+#define LONGLONGSIZE 8		/**/
+#endif
+
+/* HAS_MEMCHR:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available
+ *	to locate characters within a C string.
+ */
+#define HAS_MEMCHR	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MKSTEMP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is
+ *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
+ *	temporary file.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MKSTEMP		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_MMAP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is
+ *	available to map a file into memory.
+ */
+/* Mmap_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of the mmap() system call
+ *	(and simultaneously the type of the first argument).
+ *	Usually set to 'void *' or 'caddr_t'.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MMAP		/ **/
+#define Mmap_t void *	/**/
+
+/* HAS_MSG:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is
+ *	supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues).
+ */
+/*#define HAS_MSG		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SEM:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is
+ *	supported.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SEM		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETGRENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the group database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETGRENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETHOSTENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETNETENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETNETENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPROTOENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPROTOENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp routine is
+ *	available to set the current process group.
+ */
+/* USE_BSD_SETPGRP:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that setpgrp needs two
+ *	arguments whereas USG one needs none.  See also HAS_SETPGID
+ *	for a POSIX interface.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPGRP		/ **/
+/*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETPWENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is
+ *	available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETPWENT		/ **/
+
+/* HAS_SETSERVENT:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is
+ *	available.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_SETSERVENT		/ **/
+
 /* HAS_SETVBUF:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is
  *	available to change buffering on an open stdio stream.
@@ -2148,40 +2782,25 @@
  *	Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol
  *	has been known to be an enum.
  */
+/* HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr
+ *	structure has a member called sa_len, indicating the length of
+ *	the structure.
+ */
+/* HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct sockaddr_in6
+ *	structure has a member called sin6_scope_id.
+ */
 #define	HAS_SOCKET		/**/
 /*#define	HAS_SOCKETPAIR	/ **/
+/*#define	HAS_SOCKADDR_SA_LEN	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_CTRUNC	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_OOB	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_PEEK	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_MSG_PROXY	/ **/
 /*#define	HAS_SCM_RIGHTS	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SRAND48_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine
- *	is available to srand48 re-entrantly.
- */
-/* SRAND48_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srand48_r.
- *	It is zero if d_srand48_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srand48_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SRAND48_R	   / **/
-#define SRAND48_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
-/* HAS_SRANDOM_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srandom_r routine
- *	is available to srandom re-entrantly.
- */
-/* SRANDOM_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of srandom_r.
- *	It is zero if d_srandom_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_srandom_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R	   / **/
-#define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
+#define	HAS_SIN6_SCOPE_ID	/**/
 
 /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS:
  *	This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring
@@ -2217,69 +2836,12 @@
 #define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST	/**/
 #define Strerror(e) strerror(e)
 
-/* HAS_STRERROR_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror_r routine
- *	is available to strerror re-entrantly.
- */
-/* STRERROR_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of strerror_r.
- *	It is zero if d_strerror_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_strerror_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_STRERROR_R	   / **/
-#define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
 /* HAS_STRTOUL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is
  *	available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long.
  */
 #define HAS_STRTOUL	/**/
 
-/* HAS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
- */
-/* Time_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
- *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
- *	included).
- */
-#define HAS_TIME		/**/
-#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
-
-/* HAS_TIMES:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
- *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
- * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
- */
-#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
-
-/* HAS_TMPNAM_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine
- *	is available to tmpnam re-entrantly.
- */
-/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r.
- *	It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R	   / **/
-#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
-/* HAS_TTYNAME_R:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine
- *	is available to ttyname re-entrantly.
- */
-/* TTYNAME_R_PROTO:
- *	This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r.
- *	It is zero if d_ttyname_r is undef, and one of the
- *	REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_ttyname_r
- *	is defined.
- */
-/*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R	   / **/
-#define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0	   /**/
-
 /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is
  *	defined by including <sys/sem.h>.  If not, the user code
@@ -2330,38 +2892,6 @@
 #define volatile
 #endif
 
-/* Fpos_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
- *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
-
-/* Gid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
- */
-#define	Gid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
-
-/* Gid_t_sign:
- *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
- *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Gid_t_sign	-1		/* GID sign */
-
-/* Gid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
-
-/* Gid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
- *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
- *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
- *	gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
- *	any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
-
 /* I_DIRENT:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *	include <dirent.h>. Using this symbol also triggers the definition
@@ -2393,12 +2923,6 @@
 /*#define I_GRP		/ **/
 /*#define GRPASSWD	/ **/
 
-/* I_MACH_CTHREADS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <mach/cthreads.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_MACH_CTHREADS	/ **/
-
 /* I_NDBM:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <ndbm.h> exists and should
  *	be included.
@@ -2450,12 +2974,6 @@
  */
 /*#define I_NET_ERRNO		/ **/
 
-/* I_PTHREAD:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <pthread.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_PTHREAD	/ **/
-
 /* I_PWD:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
  *	include <pwd.h>.
@@ -2502,18 +3020,6 @@
 /*#define PWGECOS	/ **/
 /*#define PWPASSWD	/ **/
 
-/* I_SYS_ACCESS:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <sys/access.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_SYS_ACCESS                / **/
-
-/* I_SYS_SECURITY:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *     include <sys/security.h>.
- */
-/*#define   I_SYS_SECURITY	/ **/
-
 /* I_SYSUIO:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <sys/uio.h> exists and
  *	should be included.
@@ -2531,36 +3037,6 @@
 #define I_STDARG		/**/
 /*#define I_VARARGS	/ **/
 
-/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST:
- *	This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over
- *	which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically
- *	search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable
- *	for a C initialization string.  See the inc_version_list entry
- *	in Porting/Glossary for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0		/ **/
-
-/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed
- * 	also as /usr/bin/perl.
- */
-/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL	/ **/
-
-/* Off_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-/* LSEEKSIZE:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-/* Off_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
- */
-#define Off_t long		/* <offset> type */
-#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
-#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
-
 /* Free_t:
  *	This variable contains the return type of free().  It is usually
  * void, but occasionally int.
@@ -2581,65 +3057,6 @@
  */
 /*#define MYMALLOC			/ **/
 
-/* Mode_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
- *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
- *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
-
-/* Netdb_host_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_hlen_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
- *	to gethostbyaddr().
- */
-/* Netdb_name_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
- *	gethostbyname().
- */
-/* Netdb_net_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
- *	getnetbyaddr().
- */
-#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
-#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
-#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
-
-/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS:
- *	This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl
- *	binary to search for additional library files or modules.
- *	These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC.
- *	Perl will automatically search below each path for version-
- *	and architecture-specific directories.  See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST
- *	for more details.
- */
-/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS ""		/ **/
-
-/* Pid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
-
-/* PRIVLIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- */
-/* PRIVLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib"		/**/
-#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
-
 /* CAN_PROTOTYPE:
  *	If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle
  *	function prototypes.
@@ -2658,14 +3075,6 @@
 #define	_(args) ()
 #endif
 
-/* Select_fd_set_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
- *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
- *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you
- *	have select(), of course.
- */
-#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
-
 /* SH_PATH:
  *	This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this
  *	on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts.  Usually, this will be
@@ -2715,152 +3124,12 @@
 #define SIG_NUM  0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0		/**/
 #define SIG_SIZE 27			/**/
 
-/* SITEARCH:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-dependent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITEARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
-/*#define SITEARCH_EXP ""	/ **/
-
-/* SITELIB:
- *	This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.  The program
- *	should be prepared to do ~ expansion.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	After perl has been installed, users may install their own local
- *	architecture-independent modules in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* SITELIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* SITELIB_STEM:
- *	This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib"		/**/
-#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib(PERL_VERSION_STRING, NULL))	/**/
-#define SITELIB_STEM ""		/**/
-
-/* Size_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Size_t_size 8		/**/
-
-/* Size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
- *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
- *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Size_t size_t	 /* length paramater for string functions */
-
-/* Sock_size_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
- *	various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
- */
-#define Sock_size_t		int /**/
-
 /* STDCHAR:
  *	This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h.
  *	It has the values "unsigned char" or "char".
  */
 #define STDCHAR char	/**/
 
-/* Uid_t_f:
- *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
- */
-#define	Uid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
-
-/* Uid_t_sign:
- *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
- *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
- */
-#define Uid_t_sign	-1		/* UID sign */
-
-/* Uid_t_size:
- *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
- */
-#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
-
-/* Uid_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
- *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
- *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
- */
-#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
-
-/* USE_ITHREADS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- *	use the interpreter-based threading implementation.
- */
-/* USE_5005THREADS:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to
- *	use the 5.005-based threading implementation.
- *	Only valid up to 5.8.x.
- */
-/* OLD_PTHREADS_API:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- *	be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API.
- */
-/* USE_REENTRANT_API:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should
- *	try to use the various _r versions of library functions.
- *	This is extremely experimental.
- */
-/*#define	USE_5005THREADS		/ **/
-/*#define	USE_ITHREADS		/ **/
-#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS)
-#define		USE_THREADS		/* until src is revised*/
-#endif
-/*#define	OLD_PTHREADS_API		/ **/
-/*#define	USE_REENTRANT_API	/ **/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH:
- *	If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library.
- *	The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's
- *	execution path, but it should be accessible by the world.
- *	It may have a ~ on the front.
- *	The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory.
- *	Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own
- *	architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with
- *		MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor
- *	or equivalent.  See INSTALL for details.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH ""		/ **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP ""		/ **/
-
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP:
- *	This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used
- *	in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time.
- */
-/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM:
- *	This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component
- *	removed.  The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can
- *	be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search.
- */
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP ""		/ **/
-/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM ""		/ **/
-
 /* VOIDFLAGS:
  *	This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this
  *	compiler.  What various bits mean:
@@ -2869,7 +3138,7 @@
  *	    2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void
  *	    4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and
  *		    addresses of void functions
- *	    8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers
+ *	    8 = supports declaration of generic void pointers
  *
  *	The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements
  *	of the package.  This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before
@@ -2886,467 +3155,6 @@
 #define M_VOID			/* Xenix strikes again */
 #endif
 
-/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled.
- */
-/* PERL_TARGETARCH:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture
- *	Perl has been cross-compiled to.  Undefined if not a cross-compile.
- */
-#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE
-/*#define	USE_CROSS_COMPILE	/ **/
-#define	PERL_TARGETARCH	""	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES:
- *	This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a
- *	double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2,
- *	4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety.
- */
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-#  define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#else
-#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8
-#endif
-
-/* BYTEORDER:
- *	This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder,
- *	in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc...
- *	If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture
- *	binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to
- *	determine the byte order.
- *	On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture
- *	Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines.
- *	The endian-ness is available at compile-time.  This only matters
- *	for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on
- *	one system, and used by a different architecture to build an
- *	extension.  Older versions of NeXT that might not have
- *	defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series,
- *	so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them.
- *	This might matter for NeXT 3.0.
- */
-#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH)
-#  ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__
-#    if LONGSIZE == 4
-#      define BYTEORDER 0x1234
-#    else
-#      if LONGSIZE == 8
-#        define BYTEORDER 0x12345678
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  else
-#    ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__
-#      if LONGSIZE == 4
-#        define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-#      else
-#        if LONGSIZE == 8
-#          define BYTEORDER 0x87654321
-#        endif
-#      endif
-#    endif
-#  endif
-#  if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__))
-#    define BYTEORDER 0x4321
-#  endif
-#else
-#define BYTEORDER 0x1234	/* large digits for MSB */
-#endif /* NeXT */
-
-/* CHARBITS:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a char, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define CHARBITS 8		/**/
-
-/* CASTI32:
- *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- *	or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints.
- */
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-#   define	CASTI32		/**/
-#endif
-
-/* CASTNEGFLOAT:
- *	This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative
- *	numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts.
- */
-/* CASTFLAGS:
- *	This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler
- *	has casting odd floating values to unsigned long:
- *		0 = ok
- *		1 = couldn't cast < 0
- *		2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000
- *		4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list
- */
-#define	CASTNEGFLOAT		/**/
-#define CASTFLAGS 0		/**/
-
-/* VOID_CLOSEDIR:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine
- *	does not return a value.
- */
-/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_FD_SET:
- *	This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef
- *	in <sys/types.h>
- */
-#define HAS_FD_SET	/**/
-
-/* Gconvert:
- *	This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point
- *	number to a string without a trailing decimal point.  This
- *	emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more
- *	efficient.  If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the
- *	trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used.  If all else fails,
- *	a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert
- *	macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should
- *	be retained, and the output buffer.
- *	The usual values are:
- *		d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))'
- *		d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))'
- *		d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))'
- *	The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept.
- */
-#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))
-
-/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call
- *	is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of
- *	many memory management calls.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_GNULIBC:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the GNU C library is being used.  A better check is to use
- *	the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc.
- */
-/*#define HAS_GNULIBC  	/ **/
-#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE)
-#   define _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_ISASCII:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii
- *	is available.
- */
-#define HAS_ISASCII		/**/
-
-/* HAS_LCHOWN:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is
- *	available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the
- *	link).
- */
-/*#define HAS_LCHOWN		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_OPEN3:
- *	This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three
- *	argument form of open(2) is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_OPEN3		/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should
- *	probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your
- *	own version.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available
- *	to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks.  If you need to
- *	copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and
- *	use memmove() instead, if available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available
- *	and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high
- *	bits set.  If it is not defined, roll your own version.
- */
-#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP	/**/
-
-/* HAS_SIGACTION:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine
- *	is available.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGACTION	/ **/
-
-/* HAS_SIGSETJMP:
- *	This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp()
- *	routine is available to save the calling process's registers
- *	and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and
- *	to optionally save the process's signal mask.  See
- *	Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigjmp_buf:
- *	This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp.
- */
-/* Sigsetjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/* Siglongjmp:
- *	This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke
- *	traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available.
- *	See HAS_SIGSETJMP.
- */
-/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP	/ **/
-#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP
-#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval))
-#else
-#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf
-#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf))
-#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval))
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_STATIC_INLINE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C compiler supports
- *	C99-style static inline.  That is, the function can't be called
- *	from another translation unit.
- */
-/* PERL_STATIC_INLINE:
- *	This symbol gives the best-guess incantation to use for static
- *	inline functions.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is defined, this will
- *	give C99-style inline.  If HAS_STATIC_INLINE is not defined,
- *	this will give a plain 'static'.  It will always be defined
- *	to something that gives static linkage.
- *	Possibilities include
- *		static inline       (c99)
- *		static __inline__   (gcc -ansi)
- *		static __inline     (MSVC)
- *		static _inline      (older MSVC)
- *		static              (c89 compilers)
- */
-#define HAS_STATIC_INLINE				/**/
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline  	/**/
-#else
-#  define PERL_STATIC_INLINE static __inline__	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_PTR:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar)
- *	of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer
- *	for a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp)
- *	and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used
- *	to access these fields.
- */
-/* FILE_ptr:
- *	This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
- */
-/* FILE_cnt:
- *	This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined.
- */
-/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an
- *	lvalue.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT:
- *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- *	to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the
- *	value of File_cnt(fp) by n.
- */
-/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT:
- *	This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue
- *	to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_PTR 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR
-#define FILE_ptr(fp)	((fp)->_ptr)
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE 		/**/
-#define FILE_cnt(fp)	((fp)->_cnt)
-#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE 		/**/
-/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT	/ **/
-#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT	/**/
-#endif
-
-/* USE_STDIO_BASE:
- *	This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the
- *	stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for
- *	a file handle.  If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro
- *	will also be defined and should be used to access this field.
- *	Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used
- *	to determine the number of bytes in the buffer.  USE_STDIO_BASE
- *	will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is.
- */
-/* FILE_base:
- *	This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the
- *	FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be
- *	defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-/* FILE_bufsiz:
- *	This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O
- *	buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE
- *	structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined
- *	if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined.
- */
-#define USE_STDIO_BASE 	/**/
-#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE
-#define FILE_base(fp)	((fp)->_base)
-#define FILE_bufsiz(fp)	((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base)
-#endif
-
-/* HAS_VPRINTF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available
- *	to printf with a pointer to an argument list.  If unavailable, you
- *	may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt().
- */
-/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF:
- *	This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type
- *	(char*).  The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()".  It
- *	is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the
- *	symbol.
- */
-#define HAS_VPRINTF	/**/
-/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF 	/ **/
-
-/* DOUBLESIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.
- */
-#define DOUBLESIZE 8		/**/
-
-/* I_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h>.
- */
-/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should
- *	include <sys/time.h> with KERNEL defined.
- */
-/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the struct tm has a tm_zone field.
- */
-/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that
- *	the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field.
- */
-#define I_TIME		/**/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME		/ **/
-/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL		/ **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE		/ **/
-/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF		/ **/
-
-/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on
- *	non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way
- *	back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to
- *	alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the
- *	ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices.
- */
-/* VAL_EAGAIN:
- *	This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was
- *	present on the non-blocking file descriptor.
- */
-/* RD_NODATA:
- *	This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present
- *	on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is
- *	not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by
- *	issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure!
- */
-/* EOF_NONBLOCK:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on
- *	a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value
- *	held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!).
- */
-#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK
-#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN
-#define RD_NODATA -1
-#define EOF_NONBLOCK
-
-/* PTRSIZE:
- *	This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor
- *	can make decisions based on it.  It will be sizeof(void *) if
- *	the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be
- *	sizeof(char *).
- */
-#define PTRSIZE 8		/**/
-
-/* Drand01:
- *	This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed
- *	random numbers over the range [0., 1.[.  You may have to supply
- *	an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3
- *	doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers.
- *	See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO.
- */
-/* Rand_seed_t:
- *	This symbol defines the type of the argument of the
- *	random seed function.
- */
-/* seedDrand01:
- *	This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the
- *	random number generator (see Drand01).
- */
-/* RANDBITS:
- *	This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the
- *	function used to generate normalized random numbers.
- *	Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48.
- */
-#define Drand01()		(rand()/(double)((unsigned)1<<RANDBITS))		/**/
-#define Rand_seed_t		unsigned		/**/
-#define seedDrand01(x)	srand((Rand_seed_t)x)	/**/
-#define RANDBITS		15		/**/
-
-/* SSize_t:
- *	This symbol holds the type used by functions that return
- *	a count of bytes or an error condition.  It must be a signed type.
- *	It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc.
- *	It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> or <unistd.h>
- *	to get any typedef'ed information.
- *	We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t).
- */
-#ifndef __GNUC__
-#	define SSize_t __int64	 /* signed count of bytes */
-#else
-#	define SSize_t long long	 /* signed count of bytes */
-#endif
-
-/* EBCDIC:
- *     This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses
- *	EBCDIC encoding.
- */
-/*#define	EBCDIC 		/ **/
-
-/* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents
- *	setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel.
- */
-/* DOSUID:
- *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program should
- *	check the script that it is executing for setuid/setgid bits, and
- *	attempt to emulate setuid/setgid on systems that have disabled
- *	setuid #! scripts because the kernel can't do it securely.
- *	It is up to the package designer to make sure that this emulation
- *	is done securely.  Among other things, it should do an fstat on
- *	the script it just opened to make sure it really is a setuid/setgid
- *	script, it should make sure the arguments passed correspond exactly
- *	to the argument on the #! line, and it should not trust any
- *	subprocesses to which it must pass the filename rather than the
- *	file descriptor of the script to be executed.
- */
-/*#define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW	/ **/
-/*#define DOSUID		/ **/
-
 /* PERL_USE_DEVEL:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl was configured with
  *	-Dusedevel, to enable development features.  This should not be
@@ -3634,7 +3442,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_GETESPWNAM:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is
- *	available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name.
+ *	available to retrieve enhanced (shadow) password entries by name.
  */
 /*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM		/ **/
 
@@ -3775,7 +3583,7 @@
 
 /* HAS_MKSTEMPS:
  *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is
- *	available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named
+ *	available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named
  *	(with a suffix) temporary file.
  */
 /*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS		/ **/
@@ -3825,6 +3633,17 @@
  */
 /*#define	HAS_OFF64_T    		/ **/
 
+/* HAS_PRCTL:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ *	available to set process title.
+ */
+/* HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the prctl routine is
+ *	available to set process title and supports PR_SET_NAME.
+ */
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL		/ **/
+/*#define HAS_PRCTL_SET_NAME		/ **/
+
 /* HAS_PROCSELFEXE:
  *	This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink
  *	to the absolute pathname of the executing program.
@@ -4464,7 +4283,7 @@
 /* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT:
  *	This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This
  *	value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant
- *	floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary
+ *	floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimal/binary
  *	conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given.
  */
 /* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO:
@@ -4575,6 +4394,16 @@
  */
 #define SELECT_MIN_BITS 	32	/**/
 
+/* ST_INO_SIZE:
+ *	This variable contains the size of struct stat's st_ino in bytes.
+ */
+/* ST_INO_SIGN:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of struct stat's st_ino.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define ST_INO_SIGN 1	/* st_ino sign */
+#define ST_INO_SIZE 4	/* st_ino size */
+
 /* STARTPERL:
  *	This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl
  *	script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not
@@ -4611,8 +4440,8 @@
  *	This symbol contains the minimum value for the time_t offset that
  *	the system function localtime () accepts, and defaults to 0
  */
-#define GMTIME_MAX	2147483647	/**/
-#define GMTIME_MIN	0	/**/
+#define GMTIME_MAX		2147483647	/**/
+#define GMTIME_MIN		0	/**/
 #define LOCALTIME_MAX	2147483647	/**/
 #define LOCALTIME_MIN	0	/**/
 
@@ -4705,4 +4534,203 @@
 /*#define	USE_SOCKS		/ **/
 #endif
 
+/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the drand48() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern double drand48(void);
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_DRAND48_PROTO	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and
+ *	gethostbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and
+ *	getnetbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+/*#define	HAS_GETNET_PROTOS	/ **/
+
+/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and
+ *	getprotobyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that <netdb.h> includes
+ *	prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and
+ *	getservbyaddr().  Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess
+ *	them.  See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types.
+ */
+#define	HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS	/**/
+
+/* HAS_LSEEK_PROTO:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides
+ *	a prototype for the lseek() function.  Otherwise, it is up
+ *	to the program to supply one.  A good guess is
+ *		extern off_t lseek(int, off_t, int);
+ */
+#define	HAS_LSEEK_PROTO	/**/
+
+/* Netdb_host_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_hlen_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument
+ *	to gethostbyaddr().
+ */
+/* Netdb_name_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the argument to
+ *	gethostbyname().
+ */
+/* Netdb_net_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to
+ *	getnetbyaddr().
+ */
+#define Netdb_host_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_hlen_t		int /**/
+#define Netdb_name_t		char * /**/
+#define Netdb_net_t		long /**/
+
+/* Select_fd_set_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th
+ *	arguments to select.  Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET
+ *	is defined, and 'int *' otherwise.  This is only useful if you
+ *	have select(), of course.
+ */
+#define Select_fd_set_t 	Perl_fd_set *	/**/
+
+/* Sock_size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of
+ *	various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to).
+ */
+#define Sock_size_t		int /**/
+
+/* HAS_TIME:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists.
+ */
+/* Time_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long,
+ *	or time_t on BSD sites (in which case <sys/types.h> should be
+ *	included).
+ */
+#define HAS_TIME		/**/
+#define Time_t time_t		/* Time type */
+
+/* HAS_TIMES:
+ *	This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists.
+ *	Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now
+ * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include <sys/times.h>.
+ */
+#define HAS_TIMES		/**/
+
+/* Fpos_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc.
+ *	It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Fpos_t fpos_t		/* File position type */
+
+/* Gid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t.
+ */
+#define	Gid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
+
+/* Gid_t_sign:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Gid_t.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_sign	-1		/* GID sign */
+
+/* Gid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Gid_t_size 4		/* GID size */
+
+/* Gid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of
+ *	argument to setrgid() and related functions.  Typically,
+ *	it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort,
+ *	gid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h> to get
+ *	any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Gid_t gid_t		/* Type for getgid(), etc... */
+
+/* Off_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+/* LSEEKSIZE:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+/* Off_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t.
+ */
+#define Off_t long		/* <offset> type */
+#define LSEEKSIZE 4		/* <offset> size */
+#define Off_t_size 4	/* <offset> size */
+
+/* Mode_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes
+ *	for systems calls.  It is usually mode_t, but may be
+ *	int or unsigned short.  It may be necessary to include <sys/types.h>
+ *	to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Mode_t mode_t	 /* file mode parameter for system calls */
+
+/* Pid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Pid_t int		/* PID type */
+
+/* Size_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Size_t_size 8		/**/
+
+/* Size_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters
+ *	for string functions.  It is usually size_t, but may be
+ *	unsigned long, int, etc.  It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Size_t size_t	 /* length parameter for string functions */
+
+/* Uid_t_f:
+ *	This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t.
+ */
+#define	Uid_t_f		"ld"		/**/
+
+/* Uid_t_sign:
+ *	This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t.
+ *	1 for unsigned, -1 for signed.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_sign	-1		/* UID sign */
+
+/* Uid_t_size:
+ *	This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes.
+ */
+#define Uid_t_size 4		/* UID size */
+
+/* Uid_t:
+ *	This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel.
+ *	It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include
+ *	<sys/types.h> to get any typedef'ed information.
+ */
+#define Uid_t uid_t		/* UID type */
+
 #endif